Small Unit Strategy

2004-11-15T13:58:00.000-08:00

..........Taking Action : And Seeking Strategic Effect _ In Nicaragua (FSLN)-Sandinistas) & El Salvador (FMLN) rebels pulled off spectacular actions not only to display their capabilities, but also to humiliate their enemies. They would capture the banquet hall where a member of a ruling familiy was holding a wedding reception or loot and burn stores that belong to the rulers. The Tupac Amaru attempted such an action in Peru when they took over the Japanese Embassy. They had undertaken the effort as an act of desperation, without really expecting to win the encounter. They could have attempted to shoot their way out, thus giving their supporters and those in sympathy with them a chance to join in the fray. Had they engaged the army units surrounding them in a prolonged, running battle, they could have set the city aflame with revolutionary fever.

____ By carrying out such outrageous actions, the guerrillas illustrate to the people that the powerful are vulnerable. This inspires admiration and respect, not only with the people in the barios, but often in the ranks of the military as well. There are incidents of high-ranking officers in the military, disgusted by the attitudes and behavior of the ruling elite, who would withdraw their troops into their barracks and withhold them from the fighting, then pledge themselves to the revolutionary government. Displays of bravery coupled with upright behavior can win over to the guerrilla's side those who have been apathetic or even opposed to their actions. Not all who serve the powerful enjoy their roles. ___________________________

SECTION VIII. ENERGY SYTEM VULNERABILITIES

VIII. 1 : ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: POWERLINES

Law enforcement agencies make powerline sabotage a high priority. Judges, prosecutors, & police agencies react severely to something that has the potential of inconveniencing so many people, & that strikes at the heart of the industrial infrastructure. The Bolt Weevils of western Minnesota continually attacked a 500 KV powerline under construction in the late-1970s. Although that powerline was ultimately built, a dozen other projected powerlines were never built. Powerlines are highly vulnerable to attack. The best techniques are: 1) removing bolts from steel towers; 2) if tower bolts are welded to the nuts, cut steel towers with hacksaws (Sawz All), torches (careful not to breathe the vapors of galvanized metal), or cutting with abrasive/carbide wheels; 3) shooting out insulators (with a shotgun), & shooting the electrical conductor itself (a high-powered rifle is best) which frays it & reduces its ability to transmit electricity. Chain saws, or crosscut saws where noise is a problem, are appropriate for the large wooden poles or double pole setups. Techniques that connect the conductors directly to each other (cable lifted by balloons or shot by harpoon guns) are also effective, but dangerous. Used creatively, these techniques can completely baffle the opposition.

Power Grid Vulnerable to Major Blackouts: A year after the worst blackout in U.S. history, the government & the power industry have failed to address the problems that caused the massive power outage on August 14, 2003. The lack of action has left the system vulnerable to future failures & threatens the affordability of electricity. There is a lack of accountability & lack of long term planning. Things will get worse. Deregulation of the electricity markets caused last year's blackout, which left some 50 million people across 8 U.S. states from Michigan to New York & the Canadian province of Ontario in the dark. Power was not restored to many places for 4 days. The blackout cost as much as $10 billion. A joint U.S./Canadian Task Force determined that 3 high-voltage transmission lines operated by FirstEnergy Corporation in Ohio short-circuited & went out of service when they came into contact with trees that were too close to the lines. Operator, system & regulatory failures allowed that event to cascade into an unprecedented power outage. In the wake of the blackout, there was no shortage of calls for action.

Republicans in the Congress have balked at attempts to pass reliability standards as a separate bill - an approach favored by Democrats who say the energy bill is bloated with subsidies for oil, gas & nuclear industries. Consumers have not reaped the benefits of electric utility restructuring & deregulation, which supporters tout as a means to deliver reliable electricity at lower cost through competition. Just as overloaded plugs can blow a circuit, overloaded transmission lines can blow apart the power grid. Real rates for consumers have risen in 2 of the last 3 years, & reliability concerns have worsened. The U.S. transmission & delivery system is a complex network containing millions of miles of wire (160,000 miles of transmission lines) & millions of transformers, switches, protection devices, meters, insulators, & poles. The average annual number of major transmission system disturbances has doubled since the onset of electric utility restructuring in the early 90s. The Edison Electric Institute says the industry is taking aggressive actions to strengthen reliability. Utilities are working with regulators to audit the readiness of all reliability coordinators & systems, & the 20 highest priority audits were completed in July. In April, templates for measuring the system performance necessary to comply with reliability standards were adopted.

To deal with the trees touching power lines, NERC, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, & industry are working to establish vegetation management practices & a requirement to report vegetation related outages. Consumers face higher oil & natural gas prices, cuts in energy efficiency programs & the costs of deferred maintenance on the grid. There is also the issue of the grid itself. The nation is asking its aging transmission infrastructure to do a job it was not designed for. Much of the nation's transmission system was built to move electricity from massive utilities to local customers, but the grid now handles massive power transmissions that zip across the nation. Utilities spent $300 million less on upgrades & maintenance to the nation's transmission system in 2000 than they did in 1990 & now have less people to carry out such projects.

VIII. 2 : The Strategy of Power Denial:

Insurgent attacks on powerlines and transformers could wreck havoc on industry, consumer confidence, government budgets (through increased security costs and lost revenues), and the stock market. In just a few weeks shortages, rationing and civil unrest could be widespread. A sustained power outage in the summer in hot areas or the winter in cold areas could create a giant crisis requiring much of the armed forces to assist relocations and emergency services. Many large transformers are specially designed for their installation’s requirements. They can take weeks, months and with sustained damages years to replace. The utilities may be able to keep systems running for awhile but only at reduced output and with poor reliability. Attacks can also result in significant contaminations around substations from the toxic chemicals in the transformers. This would add to the costs, delays and public rage.

Electric & Energy Plan:

1. Kill some UTILITY engineers & warn the rest to leave. Threats & extortion. Extort information from UTILITY engineers & other employees about weaknesses of the grid, the substation designs & regional power plants. Express to them the importance of this moment, this struggle & their family’s safety - solicit direct action help from them A variety of ransom deliveries to confuse & outwit. Anticipate problems & traps.

An Example of Planning

Thorough planning for every step of the operation & all feasible contingencies will keep you out of jail. Every team member must fully understand the work to be done, individual assignments, timetables, radio frequencies & routes to & from the scene. The target should be reconnoitered in advance. If an urban target, know the layout of all the roads you might use during your withdrawal. Otherwise, you might find yourself at the end of a dead-end street while trying to make a quick escape. If you are planning a night operation, familiarize yourself with the target during both day & night. Landmarks visible in daylight may not be so at night, & certain security measures (lighting, security guards) may be used only at night. If your target is in remote country, know the location of all trails, roads, & natural drainage's in the vicinity, in case you have to make alternate escape plans.

When you have decided on a Target Zone (s) observe the usual details required of any crime or attack planning: fences, locked gates, obstacles, ranges of various targets from likely attack points, parking (drop off areas), roof types, sniper (and counter-sniper) positions, escape routes, traffic flows, fire setting zones, dangers, hiding areas, police stations, covering fire zones & more depending on the type of attack & the situation of the target area.

(( ADD IN TARGETING FROM COM DEF – And maybe the best – CONDENSE FROM OPS CHAPRTER )

Drive outside of a town or city to the first river or big canyon (preferably about 20 to 30 miles). On most major & many minor highways one will find a view of high tension power lines & often pipelines too. Look to the ridge tops & to the rivers or gorges. The first attacks that an insurgent groups launches should be in this area, to confuse the authorities as to which direction the attack group came from & because the second phase of attacks will probably be closer to the town or on the other side of it. Study the area well & decide if you have found the site or if there are better or more targets a few miles farther up the road ( away from town).

Think trough a few scenarios & take notes of everything that you can think of for use in planning sessions back at your base or headquarters. Consider dangers & interference both from within the target zone or nearby. In this target zone you should be able to plan several attacks (either for one time or over a series of weeks & months. Types of attacks could include, long range standoff attacks, lightning raids & clandestine attacks using timers. Note the places where attacks for each of these types would originate from & exit out of. Now you can return home following the powerlines & the pipeline networks. These recons may take several excursions. Security (remaining unidentified/ not arousing suspicions) is a high priority. A couple & a child or one adult & one child (or more) out walking, playing Frisbee or bird watching are effective covers & deceptions.

By the end of the second recon you should know the area like a topographic map in your head – day & night. & you should have a map too. You should know where the powerlines, roads, bridges, large canyons/rivers, pipelines & security bases – or likely bases are/will be. How will you attack the powerline towers, what is the escape route, time required for mission & risk factors? What are all of the high value targets regionally & what is the secondary target? Look for the bends, corners & longest spans of the powerline & where it crosses roads or other powerlines. On the next trip & recon – or on the actual day of the attack – it makes sense to revisit an attack zone before ( ideally one week exactly or else several hours before commencing the first hit). You may need to check the current plan on the ground, study new details or you may need to recon nearby areas before the whole area gets hot/dangerous following the first hit.

Substations/power plants (including hydro plants - dams). Large transmission lines coming from outside a large city lead to major transformer stations. Sometimes these will also have small power plants – usually natural gas turbines. Most of the large transformers at these facilities & almost all of the transformers at power plants & hydro facilities are very expensive (1 to 10 million dollars & much more once several are blown up). Some transformers are unique – built for that installation’s needs & are special items that can take months to replace. The system can be patched together, but it performance will suffer. If enough large transformers are destroyed there would be severe repercussions & power would probably have to be rationed in many areas.

Most powerline towers are attached to a concrete base(s) by large bolts & nuts (with or without the addition of guy wires). (See illustration, Figure VIII. 2) Check the size of the nuts, get a socket set for that size nut, a cheater pipe for better torque, & remove the nuts. You may also want to tap out the bolts with a hammer (or hammer onto a block or peg of wood – to muffle sounds). If security is tight or you are doing a lot of night work before a major attack, then just loosen tower bolts and saw part way through a large number of guy wires and let the wind do the rest – assuming that storms are expected in the following few weeks.. The more vulnerable towers are those spanning a canyon, at corners, on long spans, going up or down mountains-anywhere there is added stress. The "domino effect" can be achieved by weakening a series of towers leading up to a corner, or an otherwise stressed tower, & then weakening or toppling the stressed tower.
(( ADD BACK IN THE STORM PART FROM OPS OR Earlier ))

Murphy's Law states, When loosening bolts, one of them is bound to be a roller (a bolt that will not simply spin off, but must be wrenched off millimeter by millimeter). It will either be the last bolt or the one most difficult to reach. For the soloist, it is wise to carry a cheap 3" C-clamp, which can bought at any hardware store, & a flat box-end wrench. Put the "fixed" head of the C-frame on the outside of the angle iron (the flat side) of the power tower & the floating head of the screw on the inside (sloped face). This gives you a brace to hold the box wrench so you can use both hands on the ratchet. This set-up will sometimes slip, so be careful to avoid skinned knuckles (wear gloves). If the nuts are welded to the bolts to prevent removal, use a hacksaw to cut through the bolts or even through the supports. This is more difficult, but a night's work can prepare a number of towers for toppling in the next storm or the next attack. A cutting torch can also be used for cutting through tower supports. If bolts on a powerline tower or pipeline support are less than one inch they may turn easy at least with a cheater bar (a metal pipe slipped over the handle of the ratchet.). One could check the difficulty of removing nuts on the first or second recon before a night of real exercise & adrenaline.

Some powerline towers are supported by guy wires. It is dangerous to cut all of the guy wires. They are under tension & the resulting snap could kill a nearby person. The tower is unstable after the last guy wire is cut & there is no telling where it would fall – though the wind gives a hint as does the terrain, curvature of the line & its tilt. A safe method is to use a 4 foot long bar on the turnbuckle connecting the guy wire to the ground & unscrew the sucker most of the way. Let the wind do the rest. Powerlines are generally patrolled at least once a week at irregular times. Any work near powerlines or other sources of electricity must be done with caution. The high voltage will kill if you are careless. Watch a power company crew doing "Hot Stick work. If you work around live wires, use proper equipment.
FIELD NOTES: Several hacksaws with extra blades or one electric Sawz-All with extra battery packs (2 or 3) can cut through a dozen large guy wires in an hour. Though some people suggest that cutting guy wires is dangerous, this has not been our experience. Even in windy conditions as long as you cut the downwind wires first the last (upwind guy wire) wire cut snaps away from the cutter. They do make an eerie loud twang as they break. A Sawz-All or grinder allows one to stand or crouch further away from the wires (or slightly below them). Cut one to 3 feet from the base or 6 inches to 2 feet from where the metal holding bracket or turnbuckle holds the wires to the foundation or bracket.

Watch & feel what is happening as you cut or loosen a tower or other structures. Personnel not needed at the immediate site should stay away & keep watch up & down the line & monitor radios. Everyone should take mental notes & examine how to make future actions faster, safer & better.

When insulators are shot out, the line quits carrying power & has to be shut down until the point of disruption is found & repaired. A helicopter may have to fly several hundred miles of powerline to find where it has been attacked. Hitting a number of locations on the same night compounds the utility company's problems. Because of the noise from the use of shotguns, security measures are necessary & several escape routes should be planned. Do not leave empty shotgun shells at the scene, since they can be traced to the gun that fired them. Smaller powerlines are vulnerable to having their insulators shot out by a .22 rifle from a car driving along backroads or a hiker. "Powerline? What powerline? I'm just hunting rabbits."

One can shoot out the insulators holding the power cables themselves. A 12 gauge shotgun loaded with double-ought shot is the best tool. Walk under the line until you are directly beneath the insulators on a tower. With your back to the wind, take two large steps backwards, aim at the insulators & commence firing. Be prepared to dodge chunks of falling glass insulators.

(Figure VIII. 3) Shotgunner's view of powertower & powerlines. Note the glass or ceramic insulators holding the powerline)

VIII. 3 : METALIC & HELIUM BALLOONS

In the past couple of years metallic balloons have come from nowhere & escalated into a source of power outages. These Mylar balloons have a 1000th-of-an-inch coating of aluminum (an excellent conductor of electricity). When a stray balloon gets caught between 2 powerline wires, it can cause electricity to arc between the lines, melting the lines & sometimes blows up transformers or causes live wires to fall to the ground. In 1987 California’s PG & E blamed balloons for 140 power outages. Southern California Edison reported 229 balloon-caused outages. An outage on Valentines Day in 1986 caused by a silvery heart balloon affected 20,000 customers. A balloon-caused outage in Antioch, California (August 1987) affected thousands & fried wires in microwaves, VCRs, & TV sets. Balloons usually disintegrate when they hit power lines, leaving no trace.
A Helium filled weather balloon could be used to lift a grounding cable up to the wires or 2 balloons (one on each side of the wires) could lift a wire to connect (short) the powerline.

NEW TRICKS & Experiments: Take a medium weight wire (bare 10 gauge copper or ¼ inch steel braid), put a hook on one end & throw it up to catch on the phone & or cable TV lines that sit a few feet below the electric lines (on a typical neighborhood distribution system). Then either attach part of it to a ground (the ground) & carefully throw the line up to hook over 2 or 3 of the electric lines or skip the ground & just connect the telephone & cable lines to the powerlines. This should short out the powerline & send a surge down the phone lines & cable lines that causes trouble & great damage.

VIII. 4 : The Insurgent Team
In selecting people for an operation, keep the number involved at the minimum necessary to get the job done. Although some activities are fine for a lone insurgent, the small group of 2 to 5 members is most effective. The group provides mobility through a driver, security through a lookout, & the sympathy of a friendly ear to relieve the inevitable tension of the underground. Usually it is too dangerous for an individual to engage in sabotage & look over her shoulder at the same time. So begin your attacks with a close friend who shares your values. Start small, with the simplest plans & easiest targets, until you learn to function as a team. (If you do not have an entirely trustworthy partner, better to operate alone.

Recruiting new team members begins with evaluating your close friends as prospects. Bear in mind, however, that not everyone is suited for this sort of activity. An insurgent or patriot should be able to function well under stress, but no test has yet been devised to determine who is likely to crack under stress & who is not. The persons doing the selecting simply have to use their best judgment. Avoid the faint-of-heart, the excessively paranoid, & the not-quite-thoroughly-committed. Avoid the casual acquaintance you only see at a protest rally, especially the ones who talk tough. Such people may well be police spies or agents provocateurs. The success of law enforcement often lies with the informer, known in police circles as the "confidential informant" or "CI" These are usually individuals "turned" after their own arrest, who aid the police in exchange for favorable treatment. Such persons produce 90 % of criminal arrests.

A tight knit group of friends, loyal to each other & careful to minimize leaving evidence at the scene, is virtually impossible to penetrate or apprehend. Throughout history, secret societies have reinforced group cohesion with an oath for secrecy & loyalty. The oath of secrecy was so successful during the Luddite uprisings in early 19th-century England that oath-swearing was made a capital offense! Although it is not necessary to have a formal initiation with a swearing -in ceremony, it is important that group members openly an directly declare their willingness to protect one another. Psychologically, the act of swearing loyalty is of far greater value than the mere assumption of the same. The memory of such a moment can provide an added ounce of strength under police interrogation (when most groups come unraveled).

Once you have singled out a prospective recruit, gauge the depth of her commitment to defending the Earth & fighting the Imperialists. Introduce the topic of insurgency (resistance to fascism) into your conversations, perhaps with the aid of a news broadcast or newspaper dealing with terrorism or environmental sabotage. This will help to measure whether her feelings about conventional law & order might override deeper moral concerns. Be patient. Never rush a recruitment. It may take months to find out that certain friend is simply not suitable as a team member. If all goes well, you will eventually suggest doing a "job" together-perhaps something simple like smashing the windows of an offending fascist. Do not, under any circumstances, tell the potential recruit that you have had experience in such matters. If she gets cold feet at the moment & backs out, she will still have no knowledge that can harm you.

Once your first hit is successfully completed, you are bound together by shared danger & experience. Then you may consider introducing the recruit to the team. If the recruit seems paranoid or expresses doubts after the first hit, wait until she has a bit more experience before introducing her to others.

The ideal recruit responds with excitement & enthusiasm to the rigors of direct action, but is not reckless. Some insurgents argue against working with one's spouse or significant other - in case of a romantic breakup - he or she may turn on you. They also argue against minors participating. Other experienced ecodefenders have long operated with their spouse or romantic partner; some with their children ("kids can be a great cover"). ( ADD More from OPS And earlier ))

VIII. 4 : Military Movement: Direction & Distance

If the target is in unfamiliar terrain, or you, expect to be in dim light & dense vegetation, bring a compass & a GPS unit. Backpacking stores sell a variety of compasses, & instruction books on how to use them & topographic maps. You will improve your compass skills if you can reliably estimate your distance of travel. Learn how to count your pace, as in infantry training. Measure a distance of 100 feet, pacing the distance several times, & counting the paces of the right or left' foot. Practice this in dense vegetation & on other rough terrain, to master staying on a predetermined direction & distance while going around obstacles on the route.

The direction & distance to a particular terrain feature or human artifact (e.g., road junction, hilltop) can be easily determined from a topographic map during planning, using the scale & a protractor. Note that conversion of the map angle to a magnetic (compass) angle is important. This conversion is typically shown at the bottom of topographic maps. An easy method of keeping track of pace count is to mount small flexible plastic discs on a small section of cord. The discs should be mounted so that no free movement can occur on the cord. During the movement, one disc is moved from top to bottom at each pace count of 100. This simple device is commercially available & cheap at places where military supplies are sold. This device allows you to concentrate on other aspects of movement. GPS units are also useful for a variety of recon, attack & escape activities.

Alternate Assembly Areas
These are predetermined areas where the team can regroup when rapid escape is necessary, & separation of people is likely. These areas should be determined during planning, utilizing map & recon information, & should always be at natural or man-made terrain features easily recognizable during limited visibility conditions. In choosing alternate assembly areas, consider availability of concealment along the routes thereto, & distance; remember: the team will be carrying equipment, & visibility may be low. Consider the feasibility of destruction or concealment of incriminating evidence at the reassembly area. Select an alternate route to safety, too. The prearranged signal to reassemble at an alternative area should be clear to all members of the separated team, but meaningless to any observers. Nonverbal signals may be preferable to radio codes, due to reliability & speed. Smoke grenades or modified flashes could provide secondary benefits.

Silent Communication
Plan visual signals that convey messages to separated members without being conspicuous. The typical military movement commands may have value due to the simplicity of the hand & arm movements. Some large bookstores have titles dealing with military leadership development. A rendezvous of team members at night may arouse suspicion if members signal with noise as they approach. A visual signal instead, such as a taped paper plate or plastic flagging can substitute. (More information on GPS, night vision and laser signaling will be presented in a later edition.)

VIII. 5 : Attack Team Insertion

The team will likely be carried to the vicinity of the target in a motor vehicle (or on bicycles dropped off by a van). Whether it be a motorcycle, car, or truck, it should look ordinary, & lack anything that might be conspicuous- such as a special paint job, provocative bumper stickers, or personalized license plates. On most operations, one should not stop directly in front of, park near, or repeatedly cruise past the target. When exiting the vehicle, do not slam the car doors, push on the door until it partially latches. The driver can stop briefly after leaving the target area to close doors properly. In rural & suburban environments, it is generally best to drop off the team well away from the target & let them walk to it. In built-up areas, the drop is usually made closer to the target. Avoid being stopped by police patrols when walking down city streets. Avoid having a casual passerby witness the drop & later report a description of you, your car, or your license plate.

Parking near the target is usually dangerous. After the drop the driver leaves the area immediately & stays away until the agreed-upon time. Keeping the vehicle moving in evening traffic on major streets may be the safest way for the driver to pass the time. If you park do so only in busy areas near restaurants or movie theaters where you blend in with the crowd. Avoid operating in the early morning hours when traffic is light & makes you stand out. The best time for urban operations is from nightfall to midnight. In sparsely populated areas, it may be more dangerous to drive after dark. You will want to conceal the vehicle by parking it in the woods or on trails adjacent to the highway. Have such a parking place selected so you do not have to cruise around searching for a place to park. When a team is dropped off, it has a designated length of time to finish its work & make its withdraw to the pick-up point. The location selected for the pick-up could be different from that of the drop, in case the drop was observed. Timing is important, & the driver must not have to rush & break speed limits to arrive on schedule. If the team does not make the first pick-up run, the driver will return at pre-determined intervals of fifteen minutes or a half hour. If, on the approach to the target, a neighbor or passerby sees you, scrub the mission & wait for another time. Hit at night or during cold or damp weather, all of which will keep the neighbors indoors. But never strike in the wee hours of the morning when no one

If police are in the area, both the team & driver will go to an alternate pickup point a few blocks or a few miles away, & up to several hours later if necessary. If danger from police is imminent, team members will conceal their tools for later recovery & leave the area without anything incriminating on their persons. After a successful pick-up, the vehicle should leave the area at normal speed. Once safely away, the team should stop briefly to put all tools or other incriminating items out of sight.
In order to avoid leaving tire tracks as evidence, the pick-up vehicle should not leave the paved surface of the road. Of course, this may not be possible in rural areas or on forest roads. If you are parking the vehicle, it may be possible to sweep away tracks (both human & vehicular) with a broom or branches.

The duration of a "drop & pick-up" type of operation may be anywhere from a few minutes for an urban "hit" to several hours or possibly even days for a complex action in the field, such as a bridge or road destruction. For recognition of the pick-up point, the team can mark the spot by setting a x predetermined object on the shoulder of the road (such as a discarded oil can or beer bottle); but permanent landmarks, such as bridges, culverts, road { signs, or mileage posts, are better. The pick-up vehicle can carry an extra light, like a powerful flashlight, on the dashboard so that the team will recognize it on its approach run. Use the brakes as little as necessary, since brake lights can be seen from a great distance. One can avoid too much use of the brakes by stopping more quickly & using the parking brake more. The serious saboteur might consider vehicle modifications.

For the actual attack, the team will have to consider many factors. The time required, the tools necessary & the risks & amount of damage done depend on the type of towers or the age & replacement costs of the transformer. The hardest towers to destroy are the classic metal ones with 4 legs (See Figure

VIII. 6 : Pipelines –

Locating, identifying & destroying gasoline. Natural gas and other pipelines is only slightly more difficult than powerines. (See maps – Link ) They cross ravines, rivers and ridges where they are most vulnerable. In the West most of the lines run East-West, from LA or Texas; on the coasts and from Texas they also move product North. They are often painted white & sometimes can be found running under large bridges. Their routes arte often well marked. Regulator stations (painted white or gray) where a number of small pipes and pressure release valves are easy to spot along major pipelines & in urban feeder lines too. At these regulator stations one can often open valves (cut padlocks) or break the pipes. This can cost tens of thousands of dollars in lost gas, maintenance & sometimes requires the evacuation of a neighborhood or downtown area. If you look back through newspaper articles you can find information about pipeline construction & leaks. Sometimes they have photos or maps showing the street locations.
A job with one of the pipeline companies would yield much information ( Kinder- Morgan is in the Southwest). They manage a jet fuel pipeline to Las Vegas that supplies US Airforce planes at Nellis Airforce base.

Pipelines can be attacked by digging a hole down to it & placing thermite, crude explosives (large pipe bombs, 100 pounds of Ammonium Nitrate mixed diesel or rigged up military ordinance – mines, shells, etc). Where they cross rivers or ravines they are vulnerable to attack on their supporting hardware – mini- bridges and towers. Ramming these supports ( at the river bank ends) is sometimes possible. Tie the steering wheel in place aimed at the facility & place a large rock or a board on the accelerator pedal – let it go. This can also work well on electric power substations with or without explosives or having cut the gates first.

If one is positive that it is an oil pipeline then grinders or cutting torches could be used. Other pipelines would explode or create massive fires if cut this way. A 330-06 rifle with steel or armor piecing ammo can penetrate a pipeline though a limited number of shots could be repaired easily – Winter cold or floods would hamper repairs.

Amtrack is vulnerable to hits and to loss of revenue from any scare.

VIII. 8Transformers - More than $200 billion worth of huge and heavy transformer boxes are laid out across U.S. grid systems, helping to increase generator voltage for transmission, or step it down at the other end. (Most of the nation's transformers are celebrating their 40th birthday.) Internal temperatures can reach 150 degrees or more, so they're cooled and insulated with oil. Utilities spot trouble with these devices by measuring the level of eight gases, including methane and carbon dioxide, that form when the oil's hydrocarbons start to break down. Typically, this procedure is done once a year. Serveron of Hillsboro, Ore. sells a mini gas chromatograph that mounts beside a transformer, sampling the internal gases every four hours. It sends the data wirelessly to operators who can distinguish between innocent anomalies resulting from weather and signs indicating the brewing of real trouble. Each TrueGas product costs $33,500 plus $3,000 per year for data gathering--cheaper than replacing a transformer at up to $5 million. The company just raised $9 million in venture capital.

Technology - Smarter Juice

- Rob Wherry, 06.07.04 Another megablackout threatens to darken the summer of 2004. Innovative solutions abound. A joint task force finally released its report on the causes of the summer 2003 blackout that left most of the northeastern U.S. sweltering in the dark. The committee placed blame on several clumsy utilities and a weak transmission grid. While the task force did suggest ways to fix the problems, Secretary of Energy Spencer Abraham left the industry with these dire words: Improvements are urgently needed. Failure to implement recommendations could threaten the reliability of the electricity supply. Now, at least, utilities are spending again on transmission, after 20 years of benign neglect. A recent poll of 70 utility executives by GF Energy, a Washington, D.C. consultancy, found that the industry planned to spend an additional $4 billion to $7 billion annually over the next five years on high-voltage transmission. That's not much, but it's a start. "The grid has been overlooked," says Maurice Gunderson, cofounder of $250 million (assets) energy venture firm Nth Power. "We have to catch up."

.......Some final thoughts about __
_ Insurrection _ Once a person begins down this road, it is difficult to turn back. Even if one surrenders, there is no guarantee the government forces will accept the surrender, or that they won't have you killed in prison. _____ Self-discipline is key to security. Wandering away to have a fling with a babe, getting drunk at a tavern or trying to contact a missed person could result in getting oneself and the entire group killed. The ability to remain calm under duress is extraordinarily useful. If stopped by an agent of the state, try to determine what the matter is all about before whipping out a gun or grenade or taking cyanide. The agent in question could be asking around about something totally unrelated to your activities. _____ Try not to be fearful, but allow yourself to use your fear to your advantage. Fear brings about a heightened state of alertness which can be quite useful at certain times.

2004-11-10T13:04:00.000-08:00

For misc and randomly useful info,

See ALSO:
http://guerrillawar.tblog.com/

*^*The Contents of Encyclopedia of Insurgency

"WE ARE THE PREDATORS of those who preach the blasphemy of absolute sin. -- We are the Predator Militia -- We will teach your children to be Natural Born Predators, Killers-- cleaning up the planet -- one capitalist & one imperial infidel at a time." - Al Sunna Milita, Paraguay, SA

Section I :

INSURGENT VIEWS & GOALS
I.2 HOW TO LIVE THE A.R.N.A. RESISTANCE
I.3 The Mental -- PHYSICAL & MORAL-MORALE
I.4 ARNA & SUPPORT SECURITY

Section II :

FINANCIAL STRATEGIES & LIVING INSURGENCY
II.2 : A ONE YEAR BUDGET SCENARIO
II.3 : EXPENSES & FUNDING
II.4 : FUNDING INSURGENCY

Section III :

PHILOSOPHY & THE STRATEGY of GLOBAL INSURRECTION --
III.2 : A REVIEW OF MILITARY HISTORY
III.3 : COUNTER INSURGENCY & SECURITY ISSUES
III.4 : GENERAL OUTLINE OF OPERATIONS
III.5 : PRINCIPLES OF RESISTANCE ORGANIZATIONS
III.6 : THE LOGISTICS OF THE URBAN GUERRILLA
III.7 : DESERTIONS, DIVERSIONS, SEIZURES, EXPROPRIATION OF AMMUNITION & EXPLOSIVES
III. 8 : EXAMPLES OF ANTI-IMPERIALIST & TERRORISTIC OPERATIONS
III.9 : ISSUES, IDEAS, CAMPAIGNS & VARIOUS LIKELY TARGETS
III. 10 : TYPICAL TACTICS OF URBAN GUERRILLAS & 4th GENERATION WARFARE (4GW)
III.11 : TACTICAL/TECHNICAL LESSONS IN URBAN & 4th GENERATION WARFARE
III.12 : INTRODUCTION TO THE VULNERABILITIES OF EMPIRE"S ENERGY SYSTEMS:
III.: 13 THE ULTIMATE STRATEGY & III. 14 : TOPICS OF ONGOING RESEARCH --

Section IV :

SECRET REVOLUTIONARY SABOTAGE CELL FORMATION
IV.2 : TWO TYPES OF CELLS -- TWO CELLULAR FUNCTIONS
IV.3 : IDEOLOGICAL STRIKE CELLS;
IV. 4 : OPERATIONS OF AN IDEOLOGICAL STRIKE CELL;
IV.5 : THE POLITICAL FRONT

Section V :

OPERATIONS & STRATEGIC PLANNING:

Strategic Planning: experts in the US Sociology of Fear; TYPICAL DEMANDS;
Escalation to Chaos: Escalation Theory & Reverse Escalation; Regional or Mobile Security;
Choosing Targets; PLUGGING ROAD & HIGHWAY CULVERTS; PLUGGING
WASTEWATER DISCHARGE PIPES & INDUSTRIAL WATER INTAKE PIPES;
Hydro Plant Flood Gates; ROADS & TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS; SPIKING &
NAILING ROADS: Where to Place Road Spikes; NAILBOARDS; Wood Bridges;
Closing Urban Roads & Chaos on the Highways; STEEL BRIDGES; URBAN ATTACKS;
Attacks on Corporate Offices; ASSASSINATIONS; CONFERENCE ROOM
TECHNIQUE OF ASSASSINATION; ATTACKS ON EQUIPMENT;
TRUCKS & HEAVY EQUIPMENT; BURNING MACHINERY;
Attacks on Shopping Malls,
Department Stores & Buildings;
HOW TO SINK SHIPS

Section VI :

WEAPONS

V.1 : HOMEMADE & SIMPLE WEAPONS & DEVICES
V.2 : OPTICS, VISUAL AIDS & NIGHT VISION
VI. 3 : Miscellaneous weapons:
VI. 4 : ARSON DEVICES & APPLICATIONS
VI. 5 : TOOLS & TECHNIQUES FOR MAKING ARSON DEVICES:
VI. 6 : IGNITERS*IGNITERS*IGNITERS*
VI. 7 : How to make a simple electric igniter for use with an electric timer.
VI. 8 : ROAD FLARE ANALYSIS:
VI. 9 : Expedient Method of Cutting Spikes
VI. 10 : HOW TO MAKE CALTROPS
VI. 11 : ROOFING NAILS
VI.12 : CUTTING TORCH
VII.13 : Electromagnetic Pulse Devices

Section.VII :
COMMUNICATIONS & JAMMING ENEMY SYSTEMS
VII. 1 : Radios
VII. 2 : Cellular Phones
VII. 3 : Jamming Devices

Section VIII
ENERGY SYSTEM VULNERABILITIES

VIII. 1 : ELECTRIC SYSTEM;
VIII. 2 : PIPELINES

Section. IX :

SECURITY ISSUES --

Section. X :

Command Directorate: COM I. Fall 04 Part I-III

Army of Resistance -- N.A. (ARNA)

I.1 RESISTANCE GROUP FUNDING & SCENARIO EVOLUTION

There is no sure way to predict global events in the next 5 years. US of A Imperialism will attack Iran, Syria, Korea, Lebanon, Cuba & several other countries with increased W- Bush tyranny. Global corporations will sink their claws deeper into many regions. & oil prices will rise even as the global economy teeters on the brink of collapse. Foreign groups will likely attack many US of A facilities inside & outside of the Imperial homeland. Predicting the date at which a US of A - based domestic insurgency begins or when they escalate their strikes is subject to debate. But controlling these groups is impossible & a future of few attacks is not going to happen. Shit happens. At some point moral people will decide that they have had enough & they will kill themselves or else seek release through attacking the system.

To have a chance at success (defined as weakening the US until it accepts surrender -- a Global Compromise -- or causing the Empire to collapse, if it will not or cannot compromise) groups operating as the Army of Resistance need to form by 2005 & be up & running for several months before they initiate large scale local actions (limited non-local attacks/training exercises will commence soon). The sooner groups form, the more time they will have to prepare, learn to work together, & identify their targets, tactics & strategy ( of attack, defense & political discourse -- communiqués, demands & alliance building). The longer that groups wait to form, the more difficult it may be to acquire weapons cheaply, devices safely & financing. Once attacks begin in the US of A, by whichever faction (foreign or domestic), security threats will increase, travel will become more dangerous, & jobs may be harder to find, especially jobs in the key infiltration sectors of the: police, security, government, telecommunications & energy sectors.

Of course, there are many possible dynamics & caveats to this analysis. Millionaires may come forward suddenly as the crisis looms & the inevitability of armed struggle grows clearer; or foreign financing may become available. Also individuals or small groups may begin preparations now, so that when the time comes they can quickly unite with other small groups & become effective immediately. These actions are inferior to a more planned & measured development of the ARNA groups. There is even a possibility that earlier formation, deployment & limited attacks might serve as a deterrent to the Imperialist's plans. The ARNA strategy may also scare enough of the silent majority to take up their touted civic responsibility & come out to protest in massive numbers (20 -- 30 million with 1000s of serious injuries for years!).

A resistance movement needs cohesiveness & a clear vision of why they fight, how to fight & what they are fighting for. ARNA fights because reason & morality demand an end to US of A Imperialism & no course other than armed struggle has any chance at success -- in the short term time frame. ARNA feels that any form of direct resistance deserves support because anti-fascists cannot easily organize or discuss tactics & people will do what they feel is necessary or possible. Does what the Insurgents fight for matter when the odds of success are slim & the victory itself will shape the options available to the world? Yes & No. Insurgent anti-fascists fight for the possibility of having options, for the space to think & breathe & for a natural decentralization that allows for diversity, experimentation & respect for others' choices & cultural traditions. There is no need or likelihood of winning-over the masses in the US -- their neutrality is determined by Insurgent power & the smashing victories that will soon unfold. Enough people will join insurgent efforts or initiate their own in order to make a decisive contribution to the course of the US CIVIL WAR 2...
*** This is a global civil war ***

Anyone who has paid attention to the growing threat of Bush & the new US Imperialism is probably already formed up into affinity groups -- that's the first Baby-step. There may be millions of potential recruit. Many young people became alienated after they participated in their first anti-Iraq War protests & though the protests were large & worldwide they accomplished nothing. Even more people must be fed up with politics after seeing half the population not even vote & GW Bush win another 4 years of tyranny rights. Some of these people will drift into progressive or Green caucuses, others can be found reading sullenly at Starbucks or a pretend coffee shop alternative (& at truck stops.). Liberals & other pseudo-activists can be forced to recruit for ARNA from among these dissatisfied groups of youth & those who feel a moral pull to stop the madness of America. Pamphlets & newsletters appealing to these groups & showing them how to organize into Insurgent support or firing groups will prove effective -- especially if the moderates (liberals, New Agers) assist or remain neutral.

I.2 HOW TO LIVE THE A.R.N.A. RESISTANCE

-- The highest priority & often the only priority for the Resistance is the protection & sustenance of the ARNA firing group (hereafter referred to as ARNA). These are dedicated insurgents, trained in the use of weapons, explosives devices, reconnaissance & military operations & discipline. They are usually made up of 4 to 8 members who will fight, plan & prepare on a regular basis. While not expecting to live for many months, the effectiveness & survival of these groups (& their replenishment & expansion) are the only community defense against the tyranny of the US military & Marshall Law forces -- & the greatest hope of the world for a quick end to imperialism & genocide.

Everyone else in the ARNA support group (usually just immediate family & old friends) must make whatever sacrifices (food/hunger, torture/bravery, money/poverty & death) to protect the capability & readiness of the insurgent fighters & the ARNA group's missions. Once this hierarchy of needs & discipline is recognized & embraced as a fact of life, everything else is simplified & less divisive. The support group will typically be made up of 6 to 10 people (a variety of ages from children to the elderly can take part -- though security & vulnerabilities must be balanced against the improved appearance of normality that this diversity affords). The more resources, money & preparation that an ARNA has the smaller its support group should be.

Command & Authority: In most cases the leader of an ARNA (firing group) makes all the decisions concerning the needs of the entire group (support & ARNA combined). A second in command should be designated, although in the event of multiple mortalities or loss of contact with the total group, the members may decide to pick a new leader. If the group is large ( 6 to 9 fighters) & the support group is large ( more than 7 people) or engaged in complex activities, then the leader will have to delegate responsibilities & command authority to individuals as appropriate. As time & circumstances allow, everyone from the group should be encouraged to speak out & make recommendations. Important concerns -- especially if supported by a sizeable minority -- should be thoroughly discussed. After a period of transition & adaptation, most groups find roles that suit each member & internal conflicts are rare & manageable.

SECRECY -- Even in neighborhoods that are insurgent strongholds, the ARNA -- Resistance groups & most of their support groups should maintain a reasonable level of security & secrecy. Infiltration by government agents, non-aligned militia & independent mercenaries (who will seek to sell information to the government) will be severe dangers in the US where loyalty & honor are foreign concepts & greed/egos rule. Secrecy requires that only a few members of a group know the identity, location or plans of other groups. Usually only the group leader will have much information on other groups & the overall plan -- at least in the early stages of the insurgency.

No one should talk about actions, members or even their political views to anyone who is not highly trusted (eligible recruits & financiers). Groups must go about their everyday lives as if nothing has changed -- even after hostilities begin. Strive to fit in with your neighbors & co-workers -- though you may need to withdraw to some degree (& gradually) from relatives & ex-friends. Be friendly & helpful in your community, but also be quiet, reserved & as normal looking & acting as possible. Report all of your relevant contacts & observations to the ARNA.

I.3 THE MENTAL -- PHYSICAL & MORAL-MORALE - Every member is a spy who constantly listens & watches for changes in the community & changes in the behavior of people (new or old) whom they live or work around. Competent observation & information sharing (with some directed follow-up by the group) can often unmask government infiltrators or an imminent attack by the authorities or non-aligned groups. This insurgency will be a serious game of survival & deceptions. ARNA must practice & attack, & yet they must also remain effective units until they can have a large impact.

I.4 ARNA & SUPPORT SECURITY - Choose Your Friends Wisely -

We need to stress the importance of choosing your "friends" wisely. Even cell members can turn into informers when the heat is on & fear has taken over their reasoning. Don't work with individuals who are involved in other criminal activity, especially if it is violent in nature -- unless they prove themselves by following orders & focusing only on ARNA priorities. Don't work with people who are not committed to the cause. When the stakes are high -- as it is with any insurgency -- trust your gut. If you are uncomfortable with a potential cell member -- don't work with them. Don't allow trusted friends to "vouch" for others. You should have first hand experience working with every cell member before approaching the subject of Direct Action with him or her. Oftentimes friends are blinded to their friend's quirks, which might point to the fact that s/he is not suited for this activity. Try to imagine potential cell-mates -- & yourself --after they are caught & are being interrogated: How would they respond? Would the fear cause them to break? Could they handle the pressure of jail time ?
Once a person finds people they think are of a high enough caliber to work with, next you want to: Make sure every one of them is familiar with police interrogation techniques & procedures so they can spot the lies of the authorities should they be apprehended. Make sure they are ready to go to jail for 10 years, if the worst happens. All cell-mates should be able to discuss what would be the hardest thing for them to cope with should that happen -- i.e. supporting children or non-human family members, pressure from parents to capitulate, fear of being beaten in jail or whatever. Finally, even though it sounds strange, the cell should partake in some sort of ritual where everyone promises to other cell members to never talk to anyone (friends, lovers, cops, etc) about the action, & that all information will never leave the confines of the active cell. This sort of "blood sibling" type ritual might be the one thing that helps weaker people through a hard spot after an arrest. It is important that all participants in an action know what's expected from them.** See also:
http://animalliberation.net/security/secure.html

SECTION II. HOW TO LIVE : FINANCIAL SCENARIOS

Ideally a couple millionaires (or 10 people with $240,000 each) would finance a well-organized (but secret -- even to the financiers) militia of firing groups (ARNA), warehouses & supply networks.
II.2 A One Year Budget Scenario -- ASSUMPTIONS - Each ARNA along with its (now smaller budget -- due to external financing) support group earns money from jobs in order to act as a cover or for infiltration & future thefts, sabotage & intelligence gathering. Therefore they will not need full support externally & instead will have an approximate deficit of $2000 per month. Thus $2.4 million would finance 100 groups for one year -- or more realistically ( & more effectively) $2.4 million would fund 40 well-armed & well-stocked ARNA for several years ( extra weapons, devices, warehouses, reliable communications, range finders, spotting scopes, food stocks & ammunition supplies). Considering that within a year about half the groups would be decimated or below operational status, the remaining groups could be funded substantially longer than 2 years -- if victory is not quickly achieved. Live - Die -- regroup -- Fight ON!

Summary -- Conclusions -- You may not care about these guidelines -- But if you care about victory against tyranny & a speedy end to the Western global genocides, then you will consider these statements & be sure that any deviations your group chooses to follow are due to logical improvements or adaptations to the strategic situation -- & NOT DUE TO YOUR EGOS & other Western habituations.
Vehicles -- The fewer the better & low cost is usually important - though you may at times decide on a white car, sedan or a van that fits in & looks medium income or classy. In many regions -- if possible -- a warehouse or a house with a garage is valuable for weapons production & -- or hiding stolen cars to be used in attacks or car bombings. Preferably, not too many groups nor too great an amount of resources will be allocated to this. Extreme caution is required to keep activities at a warehouse secret. Running it as a service or paint & body shop might be necessary to cover your other activities -- maybe antique car or furniture restoration?

In many cases there will be fewer people able or interested in joining an ARNA than a support group. In this case the whole group (as directed by the leader) must take responsibility to work hard to recruit from within or without. They should strive to build a stronger support group ( more work,

more contributions or better housing, security & weapons) which may also thus attract competent or dedicated combat members. They can also improve their rap for recruiting & their internal rap & cohesion.

II.3 EXPENSES & FUNDING: Physical Requirements:
Food; Housing; Security; Weapons

Small groups (of less than 10 people) with few resources may have to make do with very small apartments. They will have to maximize space, ration privacy & minimize their activities & visibility in order to not draw attention or suspicion to themselves ( perhaps some members could work nights & some could stay away from the apartment during the day, doing recons & observations around town). They still need to secure a safe house to accommodate the ARNA when attacks go awry or in the event that the primary house is raided or a security problem develops. In the early stages of conflict the location of the house is not important (other than the convenience & reduced cost of the house being near employment) In these early stages, the group should try to do attacks (training & to accent demands) far away from their house/hood (20 - 300 miles). In later stages of conflict, travel may be difficult & the house should be nearer to the primary targets or accessible by bicycles or stolen vehicles. Bigger groups or those with resources should acquire several houses ahead of time with a few maintained very discreetly or hardly used until needed by the group or by other groups.
A balance must be struck between allocating funds for basic necessities: food, housing, vehicles & weapons; & allocating some funds for pleasure & entertainment. A good leader recognizes this & takes council & the needs & the morale of the whole group into consideration. A typical living scenario is 5 members of an ARNA with an 8 member support group. The whole group would live in two small houses or apartments with a third safe house apartment kept secure & unconnected. Here is a monthly budget based on prices & wages in the southern US (more expensive areas should hold (proportionately) to this estimate in most circumstances, since wages are higher there too).

The following scenarios assume no outside funding:

Scenario Budget I (smallest group, 13 members total).

Costs/Earnings per month.
INCOME:
2 members of a 5 member ARNA have part time jobs ($8 per hour) -- $1280
3 members of the 8-person support group have full time jobs ($8 per hour)- $5200
EXPENSES: Rents 3 (one bedroom apt.) 3 x 500 ----------------------------- $1500
Utilities & miscellaneous household suppli ------------------------------ ---- $ 300
Food for 13 people -------- --------------------------------------- $1300
Vehicles (I car, I van or truck, 6 bicycles --------------------------------------- $ 600
Misc. medical, books & personal ------ --------------------------------------- $ 600
TOTAL ---- $ 4300

Scenario I leaves $900 per month for weapons & entertainment

Scenario Budget II ( medium group, 17 members )
Costs/Earnings per month.
INCOME:
3 members of a 7 member firing group have part time jobs ($10 per hour)- $ 2400
4 of the 10 member support group have full time jobs ( $10 per hour) --- $6400
TOTAL --- $ 8800
EXPENSES: Rents (One 2or 3 bedroom & two 1 bedroom apts.) ---- $ 1800
Utilities & misc. Household supplies ----- --------------------------------$ 400
Food (17 people) ----------- ------------------------------- $ 1700
Vehicles (A good car, a truck, bicycles & a motorcycle) ---------------- $ 700
Misc. Medical, books & personal ---- --------------------$ 900
TOTAL ---- $ 5500

Scenario II leaves $ 3300 for weapons & entertainment per month. Similar results are found if there are 6 part time jobs & 3 fulltime.

In the case of Scenario I, the small group only has $900 leftover after basic expenses each month. Almost all of this would have to be spent on weapons in the first year, which is about as long the group will have to commence actions. Hopefully, the more high paid individuals or groups in a community will join in the insurgency & share resources, money & weapons.

II.4 : FUNDING INSURGENCY -- Kidnaps and Extortion

How to get money without taking all the time, life & prison for nothing. Or how to get ransom deliveries: mail 2 packages to 3 different cities or Fed X, UPS &/or pay smaller couriers to pick up the ransom & move it around until it can be snatched (by another hired gang/person). Can hire a kid (Who hires him/her?) or others to pick up & then follow your (changing) directions (partly through pay phone calls or a cell phone provided to the courier). Maybe do the transfer or the courier leg to Mexico or Puerto Rico. In the second round of diversions & switches mail the ransom to Nogales & throw it over the fence (or Tijuana, El Paso or other border scenes). Heavy traffic & short-cuts through alleys can easily avoid detection once the tracking device is switched out to another similar looking package/briefcase or destroyed. Or pay a kid (youth) courier to take it across the border while you observe him. Across the border you do more diversions & tricks. Use snatch & grab techniques or a clever switcheroo during transit changes (tunnels, bridges) or in traffic as the vehicle passes over a man-hole cover (or a trap door in a garbage can). Lead-lined bags or boxes are used to block the transmit signals. Frequency detection devices & switching around the ransom into multiple similar briefcases are all good deception & confusion techniques.

Deliver money at a neutral place -- a large sports event, a rock concert, a foreign border, in the dark or underground. Also insurgent cameras across the street watching for delivery activity: web cams; WiFi; vans with one-way side mirrors and binoculars or large lens camera. Insurgents know the destinations of the driver and the locations of the money switches - and the driver only has the directions at a few steps in the process/route -- a hidden cell phone is supplied -- and/or the lead bag. At some point you switch to bicycle or a motorcycle courier. Bike goes into a crowded place -- or the agent walks the bike through buildings and plazas to confuse and to disrupt tracking signal and visual observations in order to create cover for a switch of the money or the removal of the transmitter or to substitute a new transmitter. And then there is trick of a total disappearance of the bag, money and transmitter in a short time -- by car, plane or boat or all three. -- out of there and out of range of the transmitter and police is the objective. The trip to the bathroom trick can work where the money goes out the window and many more deceptions and subterfuges.
(Additional ideas on ransom & extortion deliveries are solicited)

SEE: http://www.kimsoft.com/guerilla.htm http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/VNguerrilla.htm

More discussion on funding: bank robberies, kidnapping, extortion (like done to Colombian oil investors) & raiding weapons suppliers will be added soon. This chapter has only presented a few examples of how small & medium sized cells can fund their activities. The drug trade & coalitions with various criminal gangs are other options.

From War in the Woods by Bill Pickell August 26, 2001 "It's been bedlam on the West Coast as ecoterrorist firebugs slithered out from underneath their darkened rocks & lit up the Western skies. From logging equipment to luxury homes to university buildings to tree farms, anything remotely involved with the use of--or access to--our natural resources has become fair game for the arsonists. In the 'name of saving the environment,' these criminals have caused fire damage exceeding $12 million in a short period of time. In Western states alone, at least 100 major acts of arson, bombings & sabotage occurred from 1980 through September 1999, according to The Oregonian, with the total damage adding up to $42.5 million. That number increased by 28 percent through May 2001 to more than $55 million--just in the West." - "If we are vandals, so were those who destroyed forever the gas chambers of Buchenwald or Auschwitz." May 14, 2001: ELF's North American spokesman, Craig Rosebraugh (Now WWW.ARISSA.org)

SECTION III. PHILOSOPHY & THE STRATEGY of
GLOBAL INSURRECTION

The only positive development in the world is the increase in hatred of all things of the US of A imperialists & of all things Western. Soon billions will start to hate all Americans who are not resisting the Empire's crimes. Americans will not be able to travel anywhere safely and US of A business will withdraw from everywhere or be destroyed by Insurgents or spontaneously by the populace. Global Insurgents will provoke the US of A into more attacks on civilians & defenseless countries. They can attack minority groups inside or outside of the US of A in order to increase social tensions, create factions & spin the news so that the US of A is always blamed for everything: For starting the violence (Palestine, Vietnam, Iraq...) & for creating a global economic structure that naturally incites resistance to slavery & degradation.

The strategies employed in Iraq & Afghanistan are instructive for any insurgency. See also links to the IRA & Manuals of Latin American insurgents. Kidnappings, assassinations & car bomb threats (as in Iraq 2003-2005) maybe used by North American Insurgents in a pattern designed to keep the government off-balance & humiliated. A wide variety of targets & victims are chosen & this makes it very difficult for the government to investigate them. Such a group may also create variety & style, sometimes kidnapping a group, a bishop or a Rabbi & then releasing them.

Main Issue or Weakness of Government is Confidence - So water, electricity & food are key targets. The strategy is to attack the least loyal areas that had the most important resources (power plants, dams, military bases, or mines). These regions, states & locales are chosen ahead of time by several central committees. Teams (5-18 troops & specialists) are sent to the primary targets. Their signal for initiation of assaults is either pre-planned diversions that the groups are aware of or able to witness (see, hear or read news of other primary actions having occurred). If neither occurs by a certain date or time then the teams are authorized to proceed at will. Fall back rendezvous & resupply points are designated ahead of time. Secondary & tertiary targets are also chosen for Phase TWO or in case of impossibilities at the primary targets. http://www.iwpr.net/index.pl?archive/cau/cau_200404_227_4_eng.txt

From the Alcohol, Tobacco & Firearms Web Site - "Currently, these terrorists are allowed to break laws, disrupt businesses & alter lives without being held accountable....The suffering of the American people & devastation to rural economies caused by these terrorists & extremists needs to be halted."

Urban Cooperation Strategy: We recommend that privately -- among the leadership of all insurgent groups - that they recognize that they have common goals -- the victory of crushing the NOW (New World Order). They must also recognize their own weaknesses: Public Relations expertise & the inherent negativity toward violence by the general public. -- & also the problem of few recruits. They must recognize that multiple strategies & diverse tactics are necessary. Some will be nice & some very ugly. Publicly they can attack each other at times -- with some reserve -- but they must not fight each other directly. The main lesson in all things & experiences is how to factor the lessons of an experience into your method of understanding. If you think a problem through & go out & do some field research -- personal observations -- then you will learn the hands-on experiences by combining the learned with the real life security issues & concerns. Question your thought processes & find blank spots -- holes -- in your learning & acting methods. Run the problem through a few different criteria: 1. maximum damage, 2. maximum survival, 3. maximum media impact, minimum costs, etc. Do not be afraid to try brainstorming new approaches, methods, tactics & weapons. Study what currently divides people and groups in a target area and seek to widen these differences.

. III.2 : A Review of Military History:

John Keegan is a Military Historian from Britain (wrote Book called The faces of Battle, 1976).
What will make people fight.
1. Drunkenness. 2. Political leaders who inspire the soldiers.
3. Personal Bond between leader & followers. 4. Personal Bond between individual & the military.
5. War enforced as official religion (Jihad, religious obligation, against heathens/infidels).
6. Provision of legal, morale, & military justifications. 7. Troops have the opportunity for personal enrichment.
8. Social & peer pressure & cohesion.
9. It's not difficult to convince people to fight, you just show them that they live in a violent
Society. It is said that solders do not fight for a cause. They fight after they form a bond with their comrades & then they want to come though for their fellow man. Thus, Armies began to train troops together to build these bonds.
James McPherson -- Reasons that the South fought the North (Union) in US Civil War
1. Southern nationalism
2. Self government
3. Defense of home
4. Vengeance
McPherson: Why the union fought
1. Patriotism
3. Anger
4. They thought the south was primitive
5. The Emancipation Proclamation
Sun Tzu
1. A military leader should avoid war
2. Deception is a key element of all operations & of strategy.
3. Guerilla war
4. Do not let innocent people die or be abused
5. Long-term war
6. War is an arm of the political & diplomatic practice.
Karl Von Clausewitz -- believed that war should be fought relentlessly.
War should be bloody violent & lethal.
1. The purpose of the military is to serve the political system & its goals.
2. Objective- we must fight an enemy we can beat.
3. Simplicity- the war tactic & strategies must be simple.
4. Unity in Command- All commanders must agree.
5. Offensive - the Commanders must take advantage of every weakness of the enemy.
6. Mask - the fighting force must be able to move in large forms.
7. Economy of Force- make your force look bigger. Use small units to fight often.
8. Maneuver the Enemy- put the enemy in a location that puts him at a disadvantage.
9. Surprise - fight the enemy when he is not ready.

III.3 : Counter Insurgency & Security Issues : Disrupting the activities of Insurgents is often a key component of government security policies. If Insurgents are permitted to determine the pace of their operations -- if they & not the government have the initiative -- it is difficult to suppress them because by choosing the time & place to strike, the insurgents can minimize the chances of tactical failure. Conversely, if government forces can keep the insurgents off-balance, many of the insurgents' efforts will be diverted from planning & conducting offensive operations to trying simply to survive & avoid capture. People & groups under pressure for extended periods operate less effectively: they make more mistakes & they may find it more difficult to cooperate & to maintain organizational coherence. Counterinsurgency forces can exploit these openings.
Examples are: Disrupt communications & databases. No large organization can operate effectively without them. http://www.command-post.org/nk/2_archives/012766.html

III.4 : General OUTLINE Of Operations : Factors That Influence Insurgent Groups' Capabilities:
Ideology; Command & Control: Structures & flexibility; Auto-responses & autonomy; Leadership; Weapons; Recruitment pools; Operational space; Publicity Training; Intelligence; Technical expertise & specialists; External weapon sources; Sanctuary; Money; & Deception skills.
The four organizational tools are:
A guiding & motivating ideology, Leadership, Recruitment pools, & Publicity.
In addition to these organizational tools, we expect that the operational tools used by insurgent groups to sustain a series of successful attacks are as follows: command & control, weapons, training, operational space, operational security, intelligence & money.

Operational Security -- In addition to operational space, insurgents work to maintain operational security. This security is distinct from command & control or operational space because it incorporates the ability of groups to keep government security forces from discovering the plans & people involved in a particular attack. Insurgents expend considerable resources to protect the integrity of their operations. The R-IRA uses its cell-like structure to maintain operational security, with individual members associated with local cells that operate relatively independently. Those in individual cells are not always aware of others' plans, reducing the potential for informers or infiltrators to disrupt any given attack. Although this structure has proven to be useful, an attack against one or more of the cells can halt the momentum of a group's campaign. Hamas currently faces this problem with regard to the intensive crackdown by Israeli authorities on bomb makers & midlevel leaders since 2000. In response, Hamas leaders have reportedly designated multiple teams for each operation: If Israeli authorities kill or arrest members of "Team A," another cell steps in & takes over without any instructions from higher command levels (which could potentially be discovered in transmission). This structure allows 2 cells to know the plans for a particular operation, making it more vulnerable to informants & infiltrators, but it also allows Hamas as a group to continue its attacks at a more consistent rate.

III.5 : Principles of Resistance Organization -- The historical & linguistic origins of the political term "terror" prove that it cannot be applied to a revolutionary war of liberation. . . . The revolution itself is not terror, & terror is not the revolution. A revolution, or a revolutionary war, does not aim at installing fear. Its object is to overthrow a regime & to set up a new regime in its place. In a revolutionary war both sides use force. Tyranny is armed. Otherwise it would be liquidated overnight. Fighters for freedom must arm, otherwise they would be crushed overnight. Certainly the use of force also awakens fear. Tyrannous rulers begin to fear for their positions, or their lives or both. & consequently they try to sow fear among those they rule. But the installing of fear is not an aim in itself. The sole aim on the one side is the overthrow of armed tyranny; on the other side it is the perpetuation of tyranny. -- The Revolt, Chapter VI, Army of the Underground.
http://users.mo-net.com/mlindste/resistcl.html

Urban guerrillas must be organized into small groups.

A team of 4 to 9 is called a firing group. A minimum of 2 firing groups, separated & insulated from other firing groups, directed & coordinated by one or two persons, this is what makes a firing team. Within the firing group, there must be complete confidence among the members. The best shot, & the one who knows best how to handle the submachine gun, is the person in charge of operations. The firing group plans & executes urban guerrilla actions, obtains & stores weapons, & studies & corrects its own tactics. When there are tasks planned by the strategic command, these tasks take preference. But there is no such thing as a firing group without its own initiative.

Except for the priority of the objectives set by the strategic command, any firing group can decide to raid a bank, to kidnap or execute an agent of the dictatorship, a figure identified with the reaction, or a foreign spy, & can carry out any type of propaganda or war of nerves against the enemy, without the need to consult with the general command. No firing group can remain inactive waiting for orders from above. Its obligation is to act. Any single urban guerrilla who wants to establish a firing group & begin action can do so, & thus becomes a part of the organization. This method of action eliminates the need for knowing who is carrying out which actions, since there is free initiative & the only important point is to greatly increase the volume of urban guerrilla activity in order to wear out the government & force it onto the defensive.

III.6 : THE LOGISTICS OF THE URBAN GUERRILLA

Conventional logistics can be expressed with the formula FFEA: F--food F--fuel E--equipment A--ammunition. Conventional logistics refer to the maintenance problems for an army or a regular armed force, transported in
vehicles, with fixed bases & supply lines. Urban guerrillas, on the contrary, are not an army but small armed groups, intentionally fragmented. They have neither vehicles nor rear areas. Their supply lines are precarious & insufficient, & they have no fixed bases except in the rudimentary sense of a weapons factory within a house. While the goal of conventional logistics is to supply the war needs of the "gorillas" who are used to repress rural & urban rebellion, urban guerrilla logistics aim at sustaining operations & tactics which have nothing in common with conventional warfare & are directed against the government & foreign domination of the country. For the urban guerrilla, who starts from nothing & who has no support at the beginning, logistics are expressed by the formula MMWAE, which is: M--mechanization M--money W--weapons A--ammunition E--explosives Revolutionary logistics takes mechanization as one of its bases. Nevertheless, mechanization is inseperable from the driver. The urban guerrilla driver is as important as the urban guerrilla machine gunner. Without either, the machines do not work, & the automobile, as well as the submachine gun becomes a dead thing. An experienced driver is not made in one day, & apprenticeship must begin early. Every good urban guerrilla must be a driver. As to the vehicles, the urban guerrilla must expropriate what he needs.

When he already has resources, the urban guerrilla can combine the expropriation of vehicles with his other methods of acquisition. Money, weapons, ammunition, explosives & automobiles must be expropriated. The urban guerrilla must rob banks & armories, & seize explosives & ammunition wherever he finds them. None of these operations is carried out for just one purpose. Even when the raid is to obtain money, the weapons that the guards carry must be taken as well. Expropriation is the first step in organizing our logistics, which itself assumes an armed & permanently mobile character. The second step is to reinforce & expand logistics, resorting to ambushes & traps in which the enemy is surprised & his weapons, ammunition, vehicles & other resources are captured. Once he has weapons, ammunition & explosives, one of the most serious logistics problems facing the urban guerrilla is a hiding place in which to leave the material, & appropriate means of transporting it & assembling it where it is needed. This has to be accomplished even when the enemy is alerted & has the roads blocked. The knowledge that the guerrilla possesses of the terrain, & the devices he uses or is capable of using, such as scouts specially prepared & recruited for this mission, are the basic elements in solving the eternal logistics problems faced by the guerrillas.

III.7 : DESERTIONS, DIVERSIONS, SEIZURES, EXPROPRIATION OF
AMMUNITION & EXPLOSIVES -

Desertion & the diversion of weapons are actions carried out in military bases, ships, military hospitals, etc. The urban guerrilla soldier or officer must desert at the most opportune moment with modern weapons & ammunition, to hand them over to the guerrillas. One of the most opportune moments is when the urban guerrilla soldier is called upon to pursue his guerrilla comrades outside the military base. Instead of following the orders of the "gorillas", the military urban guerrilla must join the ranks of the revolutionaries by handing over the weapons & ammunition he carries, or the military vehicle he operates. The advantage of this method is that the rebels receive weapons & ammunition from the army, navy, air force, military police, civilian guard or the police without any great work, since it reaches their hands by government transportation.

Other opportunities may occur in the barracks, & the military deserter must always be alert to this. In case of carelessness on the part of commanders or in other favorable conditions--such as bureaucratic attitudes or the relaxation of discipline on the part of lieutenants or other internal personnel--the deserter must no longer wait but must try to inform the guerrillas & desert with as large a supply of weapons as possible.

When there is no possibility of deserting with weapons & ammunition, the Insurgent sympathizer engages in sabotage, starting fires & explosions in munitions dumps. This technique of deserting with weapons & of raiding & sabotaging the military centers is a way to wear out & demoralize the enemy & leave them confused. The urban guerrilla's purpose in disarming an individual enemy is to capture weapons. These weapons are usually in the hands of sentinels or others whose task is guard duty. The capture of weapons may be accomplished by violent means or by cleverness & tricks or traps. When the enemy is disarmed, he must be searched for weapons other than those already taken from him. If we are careless, he can use the weapons that were not seized to shoot the urban guerrilla. When we carry out small operations or actions to seize weapons & ammunition, the materiel captured may be for personal use or for armaments & supplies for the firing teams.

The necessity to provide firepower for the urban guerrillas is so great that, in order to take off from the zero point, we often have to purchase one weapon, divert or capture a single gun. The basic point is to begin, & to begin with a spirit of decisiveness & boldness. The possession of a single submachine gun multiplies our forces. In a bank assault, we must be careful to seize the weapons of the bank guard. The rest of the weapons will be found with the treasurer, the bank tellers or the manager, & must also be seized. Often, we succeed in capturing weapons in police stations, as a result of raids. The capture of weapons, ammunition & explosives is the urban guerrilla's goal in assaulting commercial businesses, industries & quarries.

III. 8 : Examples of Anti-Imperialist & Terroristic Operations

Peru Embassy takeover, Tupac Amaru group (MRTA).
9-11: WTC ; 9- 11: Pentagon (2001).
1st WTC car bombing in garage. (Islamicists).
UN Headquarters in Baghdad 2003 -- killing Sergio Viera by Abu Farida Masri.
German Bieder-Meinhoff gang -- Prison attack -- nightclubs -- US military .
San Diego ELF Fires (2003-2004).
M-19 Guerrilla theft of the Sword of Bolivar & the Supreme Court takeover.
Pablo Escobar's parked dynamite trucks -- cars -- Tricks.
Achille Lauro ship highjacking -- Palestinian Insurgents.
Suicide Boat Bombers in Yemen, USS Cole: Naval ship attack.
Aldo Moro -- Italian Red Brigades kidnapping.
Munich -- Israeli athletes kidnapped.
20,000 FARC & ELN kidnappings.
Entebbe plane high jacking.
Beirut US barracks bombing.
Near-miss bombing of Margaret Thatcher: Brighton, UK. (IRA)
Saudi hotel rampage -- 2004 (al Qaeda).
Near-miss shoulder fired rocket attack on Israeli airliner, Nairobi, Kenya. (al Qaeda affiliates)
Beheadings (everywhere).
M19 Colombia tunneling into an armory to steal 4000 rifles.
Boat attack on Iraqi oil terminals (2004). (Iraqi Insurgents)
Assassination by Taliban covert ops of The Northern Alliance leader & icon Commander Masood (Tajik), September 10, 2001.(Using fake news cameramen).
US Embassy Bombings Kenya & Tanzania. (al Qaeda)
Assassination attempts on Perez Mushareff. (Pakistani Taliban supporters)
Simultaneous Airliner Bombings in Russia by Chechens 2004.
French Oil Tanker attack off coast of Yemen (al Qaeda).
(Read Chapter VIII : Energy & Insurgent Options.).

III. 9 : Issues, Ideas, Campaigns & Various Likely Targets

1. Money disbursement to the public or the Insurgents (as demands)
2. Phone card disbursement to the public or the poor - call grandma for free.
3. Targeting -- important individuals & families (blackmail, extortion) -- driving
him/her and other regime supporters insane.
4. Kidnaps (quick release or ?)
5. Museum attacks (& steal their idols)
6. Hospital attacks by a different group than main insurgency (like a youth strike brigade)
7. Car bombs -- with or without the driver's awareness of the bomb or the target. Also fake car bombs.
8. Dramatic acts -- & then a wild trick to get away. Create mystery & bravado.
9. Embarrass government or the rich -- in every way.
10. Extort & exhort to the ultra-right elements or their base. Deals with the enemy alliances -- drug dealers or whatever has to be done to get weapons & supplies.
11. Large Ambush --of/by a group -- ( fill in the blank ).
12. Attacks on chemical plants or on oil tankers to cause massive pollution -- eco-terror could be a US weakness.
13. LA Air traffic control in Palmdale; Albuquerque Air traffic control ; Southern Cal. Terminal Radar Approach Control (some of these work on different frequencies).
14. Oil Refineries -- TX, LA & Caribbean ??
15. Tactical Attacks -- Pumping stations for oil & water pipelines.
16. Disneyland and Disney World / Amusement Parks.
17. Bill Gates Seattle mansion.
18. Hollywood studios and mansions.
19. Tunnels and overpasses.
20. SOCOM Headqorters in Florida
21. 1st Special Forces Group, Ft. Lewis, Washington
22. Camp Perry, Virginia (The Farm) Special Forces Training Center.
23. Roosevelt Rods Naval base, Puerto Rico.
24. Urban warfare MOUT simulator at Fort Polk, Louisiana.
25. College Sororities
26. Ft. Buchanan, Puerto Rico; SOCOM Army HQ

III.10 : Typical Tactics of Urban Guerillas and Practice of 4th Generation Warfare (4GW)

The urban insurgent works alone or in small cells to:
a. Disrupt industry & public services by strikes and sabotage.
b. Generate widespread disturbances designed to stress the resources of the opposing force.
c. Create incidents or massing of crowds to lure the opposition force into a trap.
d. Provoke the opposing force into overreacting, which would provide hostile propaganda.
e. Provoke inter-factional strife.
f. Sniper attacks at roadblocks, outposts, sentries, and individuals.
g. Attack vehicles, buildings (downtown areas) & airports with rockets & mortars.
h. Planting explosive devices, either against specific targets or at random, to cause confusion and destruction, & to lower public morale.
i. Ambushing patrols and firing on helicopters.

III.11 : Tactical/Technical Considerations in Urban & 4th Generation Warfare:

Problems of the Government Forces:
* Rigorous communication' security is essential, even against relatively primitive enemies.
* Night operations are especially difficult to carry out in an urban environment.
* Tanks & armored personnel carriers cannot operate in cities without extensive dismounted infantry support.
* Trained snipers are very cost effective, but likely to be in short supply.
* If patrolling is central to the strategy of the security forces, it will be different from conventional combat patrolling and must be well coordinated.
* Fratricide is a serious problem when fighting in cities because it is harder to identify friend from foe.
* Major civilian structures in cities (e.g., hospitals, churches, banks, embassies) are cited in such a way as to be tactically useful locations, command key intersections, &/or are built of especially solid construction. Such facilities are especially useful to Insurgent defenders.
* Use of hospitals as staging areas & for the storage of weapons & WMD protection equipment.
* Direct-fire artillery and anti-aircraft artillery can be a valuable tool in urban combat, provided one does not care about collateral damage. Unfortunately, "collateral damage" will be used in Insurgent propaganda
* Small unit leadership, especially at the junior non-commissioned officer level, is critical to tactical success in urban operations.
* Recovering damaged armored vehicles is more difficult in urban areas.
* Intelligence, especially from human sources, is critical to successful urban operations.
* Hit - and- run ambushes by small groups are a favorite tactic of urban paramilitary forces.
* Tracked vehicles are preferable to wheeled vehicles in situations where there is likely to be large amounts of rubble in the streets. Otherwise wheeled armored vehicles are faster and preferable.
* Helicopters have extreme difficulties operating in an urban combat environment (See Black Hawk Down in Somalia), but are useful in redeploying forces and supplies to just behind the forward edge of operations.

III.12 : THE VULNERABILITIES OF EMPIRE"S ENERGY SYSTEMS:

A second strategy likely to be deployed by insurgents inside the US of A is less confrontational & instead focuses on attacks on energy sector targets. This strategy will occur along with attack strategies of the above mentioned full-on terror war. There is no one way that people will fight, any strategy has to expect a diversity of tactics -- from beheadings to eco-catastrophe dirty bombs -- & also to expect unusual & devious tactics from the government, the rich & their allies.

If people in the US of A actually want to stop the insanity of their government then they will have to act quickly to destroy it & seize power. Otherwise foreign agents will bring the US down with ruthless & environmentally destructive techniques: nuclear bombs, attacks on US nuclear power plants, nuclear waste storage & with dirty uranium/cobalt bombs. Attacks on electrical power transformer substations can quickly, quietly & cleanly shut down the US of A & its endless fake educational media. In-between the repairs made by the desperate government, guerrilla Insurgents can broadcast messages or demand air time to speak directly with the people. Should be interesting cuddling up with blankets & the short wave -- battery powered radios.
Study electric power & pipeline grids for key industry connections & key expensive sites (inter-ties & large transformers) - with a mind to avoid excessive ecological harm (at first until demands are not met!) Always look for weakness in structures, morale, designs, unprotected areas, people, towns, & facilities - anything of value. Use truck bombs on substations & horizontal mortars -- Guerrillas, would establish a command & a political front - a parallel political force - like soviets (councils of soldiers & workers). Cuban lessons are instructive for: looks (strength projection), education, as balancing checks & to promote women.

THINK: back & forth all of the time & whenever new information or developments come in. What are the weaknesses & strengths of them & you - which of yours can be improved or covered - long & short term & the same for theirs. Which can be exploited or further weakened & how will this affect new strategies & tactics.

During storms & disturbances you can sabotage power plants & electric systems safely & they won't know what is wrong when they start it u. They won't know that you are attacking because the power & the feedback information loops won't be working. Storms are also a good time to mess with other stuff: towers, water works & to break windows in high rise buildings or anywhere where water wants to be. Think up more on crime, guns, car jackings, kidnaps, surprises & road attacks.

KEY ISSUES FOR RESEARCH ON ENERGY SYSTEM ATTACKS:

1. Where are the most expensive & hard to replace targets ? ( The system inter-ties where grids connect from one region to another) The major transformer Substations & the largest power plants. 2. When is the best time to cause power outages (In the summer in hot places, in the Winter in Cold places, during holidays & following other attacks). 3. What should be targeted after the initial attacks when the government increases security? (Distribution networks, pipelines, communications centers & anything with standoff weapons)

III.: 13 The Ultimate STRATEGY - If you have a nuclear weapon use it to take out the Greenland or Antarctic ice shelves. -- raise the sea level by 8-28 feet & -- bye-bye capitalism- imperialism- technology! -- have a global poll on what to bomb- ! (see Chapter VIII. On the Empire's Energy Sector Vulnerability.)

III. 14 : TOPICS OF ONGOING RESEARCH --

Urban War and Imperialist responses: Snipers, Fire Control systems (them & us), SOF & special ops, weapons, devices & new advances; The US sociology of fear; List of Targets & Discussion; Media & Social Psychology; Hospitals & School Bombings: From Baghdad to Beslan to New Jersey? ; Recycling bin attacks/burnings; Trucks & Facilities; US of A Strike forces & their operational tactics & strategies; Drones - UAVs; Stryker Troop Carriers - uses & weaknesses or strengths; Secure Communications for Insurgents: relays or multi layered & coordinate switching of the two systems (hardware & codes). Also 2 sets of codes are switched each month or rotate back.

More Research Considerations: Planning & role assignment within the ARNA (groups) for: weapons, Tech Issues, Communications; $$; safe houses (escapes), Media Rap -- communiqués -- stashes -- coercion -- hits -- confidence -- or fear. Analysis of the strange world of targeting issues -- what is the object -- what are secondary effects -- people, SUVs or offshore oil -- types of devices from nails to small timers to large stand off weapons. Communications companies, research, technology & get a job! -- Overall strategy -- strategic targeting & tactics More on how to fit in -- jobs as covers for living, espionage and internal/inside sabotage campaigns.

Store fronts to launder money and rip off creditors or gun shops (to order lots of guns and ammo and then skip out with all of the bought-on-credit merchandise. Churches: which to aid, which to extort from and which to bomb. Relevant examples from other countries & IRAQ. Iraq in September 2004 -- 30 days, 2,368 attacks (NYT Sept 29, p A 10)

"Even communication through ECODEFENSE could be dangerous, though. In writing to us, do not use your real name or put a return address on your missive. We do not need to know who you are. After taking the information from your letter, we will burn both the letter & the envelope. Similarly, no record will be kept of orders for copies of ECODEFENSE in case a group of "plumbers" decides to take a midnight stroll through our filing cabinet. By the way, two good friends, Mr. Smith & Mr. Wesson are our security agents." -- "I fully approve of it & I congratulate the people who carried it out....Setting fire to a playground of the prosperous was a brave & ecological last resort (no pun intended)." - Ted Kaczynski, convicted Unabomber, on the arson of the Vail Ski resort & the insurgent bombings in Taba, Egypt (Sinai), 2004.

SECTION IV. Secret, Revolutionary Sabotage Cell Formation :

The ARNA strategy is to keep terror & rhetoric moderate in the US of A until the election is over. Then watch out -- as Bush would tell you too, for he has quite a few plans for November -- December. Help Iraq collapse & fight more & trick Bush into more wars with his -- newfound popularity. Then the draft -- many soldiers quit or go AWOL, come home & join the insurgency -- join a militia or cause trouble !! Civ War II .
With this lull before the civil war 2, now is the time to be prepared for the upcoming campaign when the fighting begins anew. As a result of the lessons which had to be learned, now is the time to build New Model Resistance organizations (cells) able to quickly concentrate sufficient force at a point of attack so that the target is always eliminated, but diffuse enough so that the enemy has no idea as to their existence, much less their exact presence.

In Revolutionary struggle against tyrannical government, certain phases are in order. First there are discontented people, eventually coalescing into a Revolutionary officer corps. Then sides are taken. At first the ruling regime has a monopoly on the power & lacking intelligence enough to ameliorate grievances creates a number of martyrs, such as happened at Falluja, Ruby Ridge & Waco. The regime cracks down on the opposition, as is happening now. The surviving opposition goes under-ground, & gets organized for a civil war ahead. We are right now at this point. The fighters & leaders have already chosen themselves. Soon an open shooting war shall 'just' happen with an escalation towards total civil warfare. This article is a primer for those neutrals who lack natural Resistance leadership, or leadership in the stage of development. Every guerrilla war fought in modern times has used the methods & cell formation strategy outlined here.

IV.2 : Two Types of Cells -- Two Cellular Functions

The basic building block of the Resistance is the cell. Strong cells = Strong Resistance. Weak or dysfunctional cells = No Resistance. Therefore, of great importance to the Resistance is forming these cells, with an eye towards cell security & survival. Once cells have formed & are a going concern, then interaction & communication between cells can be addressed.

There are two types of Resistance cells -- those based upon ties of family & those based upon ideology. Since these cells are different in their make-up, they may have different missions & purposes. A family cell based upon ties of blood or marriage is predominantly a defensive cell, with a strategy of survival in a harsh world. If the family cell has young children in it, there will be concerns over proper (or safe) indoctrination & the exposure of the children to violence. Family cells will be reluctant to engage in risky behavior, which if detected, could end up with the death of the father & the poverty of the wife & the children. Since the unmasking of one family member could brand the rest of the family as unreliable by the government, this is a second reason why family cells will seldom engage in overt aggressive warfare against the government. That is until the insurgency grows & the point of victory is glimpsed. Then all hands will take up the gun to support ARNA or their own home-turf champions.

Family cells should not be treated as second-class by the Resistance. Such tightly knit cells, especially if they extend beyond the nuclear family to extended kinfolk, are invaluable for recruiting & for concealment. As a majority of the cells within the Resistance, they can bear the burden of diffuse blows when a vengeful regime is searching for the ideological cells. Since every society is based upon a family structure, no regime dares fully exterminate even the most suspect family because it alienates every family in the society -- loyal or rebel. A society which destroys its best families is taking the final step towards the extinction which began when it lost the allegiance of those family units.

With their will to survive & defensive attitude, the family Resistance cell is usually located in the middle stratum of society. Since they see the future & are preparing for it by prudently laying in stock quantities of food, ammunition & medicine, such a family cell can furnish both food, shelter & concealment for extended periods to an element of an ideological cell, which might well arise from within its family cell. Such family cells are the backbone of the Resistance, because they not only provide the muscle, but because they can act as eyes & ears for the Resistance. Also, it is the family cells which provide reinforcements & shelter for the ideological strike cells. With their respectability they can be invaluable in providing safehouses & support for the strike cells.

Example: The Smith family has seen the coming conflagration for the past 10 years. Therefore they have formed a rural "commune" on their farm several miles outside a small town. On that farm is housed their grandfather & grandmother & one of the brothers. This brother leases available farmland & grazes cattle on the 20-acre farmstead. In the event of social conflict, it is understood that that extended members of the family will return from their jobs in the local cities & towns to the farm, where a stockpile of weapons, ammunition & stored grain await. This extended family doesn't advertise its beliefs aloud. It makes small political donations & supports the local charities & churches. The farming brother is even an honorary deputy sheriff. The family are respected members of the community. The grandfather has made overtures & sounded out his friends & neighbors about what is going to happen come the collapse. He set in motion an "unofficial" unspoken neighborhood watch which the local authorities know nothing about. From such families of quality comes the nucleus & cadre of the Resistance.

IV.3 : Ideological Strike Cells. It is the ideological cells which are the fighting forces of the Resistance. Such cells are composed of from 2 to 5 individuals, working to common purpose to destroy the regime. The individuals will usually be men without children to support, men without any ties to bind each other except a hatred of the current social order & a need to impose the raw justice of revenge. Such cells are capable of doing anything, such is their alienation from the hated society & the lack of any links which would tend to hold them morally responsible for their conduct.
Paradoxically, the smaller the cell, the less its vestigial links of command & control to other

Resistance cells, the more dangerous such a rogue cell is both the regime & other elements of the Resistance. Such a rogue cell might go beyond blowing up police stations or assassinating regime politicians to poisoning a city water supply or unleashing biological warfare. While such results should be justly laid at the door of the corrupt regime with its armies of informants driving such cells beyond even the control of the Resistance, still, such cells should have some linkages to the Resistance. If the destruction is not confined upon the unjust & mediocre elements of society, any renewal of civil society under the leadership of the Resistance might be difficult.

Such an ideological cell escapes destruction for as long as it remains undetected. -- Consider the Unabomber with his "cell" of one. Intelligent & deeply committed, he would still be striking his enemies if he hadn't (1) developed a taste for writing long-winded leftist tracts & (2) his brother hadn't turned him in. So an ideological resistance cell should be able to strike down its enemies & shouldn't be detected provided it practices good internal security so that it draws no attention to itself, & chooses to prey upon society's predators, avoiding harm to innocent bystanders. As the society continues to decay & a crescendo of random violence escalates beyond the ability of the criminal elites to control, the opportunities to strike shall increase & the cell can more easily escape detection in the war zone that is current Amerika.

Once a cell is detected, it can be easily destroyed. The regime will use all of its considerable assets to hunt down & then destroy that cell. So the most successful cell is one which the enemy does not know exists at all. Once a cell has done something that the current regime knows is uncommon, then half the cell's security is gone. But with the civic unrest which is to come, these incidents will be dismissed as the natural white noise generated by barbarism if given enough time between their occurrences.

Example: The brother operating the farm is good friends of other neighborhood families, the Jones's & the Williams's. This Smith has known these people all his life, gone to school & to church with them. The Jones & Williams families are part of the unofficial neighborhood watch program. But now one of the Jones's has lost his farm as a result of a fraudulent IRS assessment. A local bank buys it at a sheriff's sale, & uses the local corrupt state courts to prevent it from being redeemed. A number of local lawyers, the Sheriff, & a state judge are in on the racket as well. It is decided by the Smith brother & his friends the Williams's & another one of the Jones's that the time has come to retaliate against the banker, sheriff, & one or two of the lawyers who have built large houses out in the country, the proceeds of corrupt dealings in real estate & drug trade.

IV. 4 : Operations of an Ideological Strike Cell -- A strike cell is formed of 1 to 5 individuals working together by consensus. Some might form from out of the family cells on an ad hoc basis, but usually the tasks of a strike cell will mean that the cell membership will be on a permanent basis. By natural arrangement a leader will be chosen, but it will not be a despotic leadership but rather one of ability for the task at hand.
Once a task has been chosen by means of planning, usually it will be implemented without much, if any, hitch. The power & destructive capability of a cell striking at will should not be underestimated. Entire cities could be poisoned or placed under biological warfare attack. Power stations or relays attacked. Bridges & tunnels destroyed. Members of the regime or their families won't be able to live in rural, inner-city, or any areas absent sufficient security or fortification. In many cases, the fear & hatred produced can make any area ungovernable.

Example: One cloudy night, the sheriff & his family receive the Smith brother, the two Williams's & one Jones brother who remains outside. After the telephone line is cut, the sheriff & his family are quickly killed & the place set on fire. Any cash is removed & the house is left a wreck in order to make it look like a burglary. The banker & his family receive a similar fate, after the banker is tortured to reveal his partners in the criminal ring. It is too late that night to visit the judge & lawyers. Their turns will come when the heat dies down. Meanwhile, the wronged Jones brother is in a public place surrounded by neutral witnesses. After several days, the local newspapers receive anonymous communiqués that the sheriff & banker were in on a drug ring & such are the consequences of cheating on a drug deal. The public quietly thinks that they might have been done a favor. The Jones brother is one of the pallbearers at the crooked sheriff & his family's funeral.

IV.5 : The Political Front -- In revolution it is necessary to have a political front acting as the mouthpiece of an Action Force. The Revolutionary Strike Cells are the Action Forces. The Political Front works independently of the Action Force, preparing propaganda to justify everything the Action Force does & to demonize corrupt regimes. The Political Front seizes the moral high ground & counter-attacks against any lies propagated by the criminal regime. Action Forces of the Resistance are patriots striking fear into the quisling collaborationist fascist swine of the regime. A Political Front cell never has anything good to say about the evil regime or its minions.
The Political Front member is good at communications & politically aware. His job is to set the common man against the parasitic regime which is destroying the foundations of civil society. So every chance he pens letters to the editor, sets up WWW Internet pages & e-mail trees to send out his message, runs for political office & files lawsuits against the regime for its violations of its own pretend legislation. If good with oral communications he gets a shortwave radio show or becomes a traveling lecturer before patriotic audiences. He feeds the flock, sets the majority at odds with the criminal regime, & lays down a steady stream of verbal assault on the criminal regime & its servants of evil.
The Political Front's job, in addition to attacking the regime includes informing the downtrodden & disenfranchised that there are solutions, which have the common beginning of first exterminating the current regime & its members. As such, the Political Front is creating more Resistance Shock troops & sympathizers all the time. Previous successful Political Fronts which successfully interacted with their Resistance Action Forces are the Sein Fein acting with the Irish Republican Army & the Irgun working with the Likud in post-WWII British Palestine.
The Political Front establishes a wall between it & the Action Forces. It cannot know, officially about the activities of the Action Forces. Known members of the Political Front are always under observation by the criminal regime, therefore open propaganda on common knowledge are all that is broadcast by the Political Front propagandist regarding the Action Forces. It is essential that because of the regime's scrutiny that the Political Front propagandist not have any "illegal" weapons or any weapons at all other than those owned by ordinary members of the rural majority, that he have not use drugs or be sexually promiscuous or a debtor. A Political Front member must be a paragon of morality, since he is attacking the criminal regime's & their minions' morality all the time. If a Political Front member is arrested, the middle majority must always smell a police setup & suspect that the ruler criminals have ordered the frame-up. Violation of this principle has been the cause justifying many a patriot arrest.

Summary: Resistance Organizations are spontaneously set up in the case of a aggrieved patriot or patriots setting or are the results of slow, patient careful recruiting over a period of years by the aware & alarmed, especially in the case of family & Action Force cells. Some Resistance organizations have existed for several decades. Some are being formed today as more & more people wake up to the impending collapse of civilization caused by the criminal element ruling at the top. Planning the membership of your Resistance organization & its objectives is best deliberately done in advance as opposed to setting one up under pressure when it may be far too late.

Section V : INSURGENT OPERATIONS & Strategic Planning
(Summary of Topics Covered):

Strategic Planning: experts in the US Sociology of Fear;
TYPICAL DEMANDS; Escalation to Chaos: Escalation Theory & Reverse Escalation;
Regional or Mobile Security; Choosing Targets; PLUGGING ROAD & HIGHWAY
CULVERTS; PLUGGING WASTEWATER DISCHARGE PIPES & INDUSTRIAL
WATER INTAKE PIPES; Hydro Plant Flood Gates; ROADS & TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS; SPIKING & NAILING ROADS: Where to Place Road Spikes;
NAILBOARDS; Wood Bridges; Closing Urban Roads & Chaos on the Highways;
STEEL BRIDGES; URBAN ATTACKS; Attacks on Corporate Offices;
ASSASSINATIONS; CONFERENCE ROOM TECHNIQUE OF
ASSASSINATION; ATTACKS ON EQUIPMENT;
TRUCKS & HEAVY EQUIPMENT; BURNING MACHINERY;
Attacks on Shopping Malls, Department Stores & Buildings;
HOW TO SINK SHIPS

FIGURES: FIGURE VI. 7.2; Figure VI. 81; Figure VI. 82; Figure VI. 92; FIGURE VI. 11.2; FIGURE VI. 20.2; Diagram VI. 22.3; VI. 23.2 Ship Photos

Section V : INSURGENT OPERATIONS & STRATEGIC PLANNING

VI. 1: Strategic Planning: Insurgents should find: experts in the US Sociology of Fear; List of Key Targets & a Discussion of Media/revolutionary propaganda & the Social Psychology of US Collapse. Insurgents must go into the Public battle-grounds of the media's PR Global Media Spin battles. Write letters to militia & gangs & claim their support. Revolt in order to Stop Global war: a war the US of A will lose. The Rich don't value redneck values -- religious values - heartland values -- or any values -- they just use you.

Links: IRA -- http://irelandsown.net/guerrilla3.html
Brazil Mini-Manual of Guerrilla Warfare -- http://www.marxists.org/archive/marighella-carlos/1969/06/minimanual-urban-guerrilla/index.htm

TYPICAL DEMANDS: no outdoor lights -- no streetlights -- no choppers -- no undercover police or spies Close all stores on Sundays & after dark. A different group could demand: We will Shoot One American everyday that IRAQ is occupied & one everyday that US troops are based anywhere in the Gulf Region. Germans are targets because of Afghanistan & NATO training of Iraqi police. Italy-UK-Poland are big targets -- Hungary & the Netherlands agree to pull troops out by March 2005 & may begin to do so sooner.

Examples of Typical North American Insurgent DEMANDS: Ransom transfers; Phone Cards -- for Grandma calls; food distribution centers; resolutions condemning imperialism & US militarism; no helicopters flights (they are key easy targets & ripe for the plucking threats (perfect for extortion). Could draw a chopper into an action (crime scene) with lots of snipers & 50 cal rifles on the surrounding roofs (& use Steel or other nets?).

Another take on demands: Conditions for Negotiation & Dialog
A. The US armed forces disband or desert;
B. All federal employees are military targets so quit your jobs;
C. All people or businesses earning more than $100,000 per year will pay %10 of income to the local governments wherever they own a home, business, building or land.
These Community Taxes will fund:
1. Free & unlimited 24 hour soup & sandwich feeding centers. Centers will be distributed in poor neighborhoods with one center per 1000 people below the poverty line.
2. Free public transportation & an increase of 10% rider capacity each year.
3. Free weatherization & safety improvements for all homeowners over 50 years old who live below the poverty line.
4. Free & unlimited availability for drug treatment & mental health support.

Rules of Engagement
State governments can continue to administer basic services until constituent assemblies are convened;
A. Non-Federal Law Enforcement will not normally be attacked except in self-defense as long as they attempt to remain functionally neutral.
B. Civilian casualties will be minimized. Commercial enterprises which pay their full Community Taxes & which refrain from direct collaboration with Federal agents & known rightwing security forces will not usually be targeted.
C. Private Security forces, mercenaries of oppression, & non-public or non-uniformed but armed individuals are targets.
D. No elections will be held or legitimate until local/regional constituent assemblies have re-drawn constitutions, charters & programs. Polling stations & all election officials & participants are targeted.
Communities & regions which meet these demands & show trust will be considered Transitional Autonomous Zones where combat is restrained. Until then, we wish you change.
Obviously you want war -- You have been making it for a very long time.

IRAQ Situation: Reason Iraqi Insurgents fight:
a. Lessons learned from Iran-Iraq War.
b. Anger at USA for supporting Israel.
c. Anger at USA for supporting Saddam & then tricking him into invading Kuwait in 1991.
d. Betrayal of Shias by Bush senior, 1992-93.
e. Sanctions against Saddam that killed 100,000s of average people & led to Iraqi radicalization.
f. USA oil greed & USA disrespect for Islam & traditions.
g. The brutality of US bombings (1991-2005) & the mass detentions of innocent people & the abuse of prisoners at Abu Gharib & other USA torture centers.
h. Reparations that the USA forces Iraq to pay to Kuwait (more than 2 billion in the last 2 years)

Iraq in September 2004 -- 30 days, 2,368 attacks (NYT Sept 29, p A 10)

332 attacks in the far west, 283 in the NW, 83 in the E. Central, 325 in Falluja area, 23 in E central, 997 in Baghdad region, 76 in Najaf, 87 in Basra.

Attack Types: 39 Grenade attacks; 272 RPG attacks; 664 mortar or rocket attacks, 40 car bombs, 327 small arms attacks, 27 land mines & 799 homemade bombs.

VI. 2 : Key overall guiding principles: Three Types of attacks:

(I.) Serious strategic attacks: Takeout key people (the elite class of bankers & defense contractors), enemies (military & political) , leaders (& their families) or major infrastructure: Power Plants; Key Transformers & substations; Chemical Plants; Oil Facilities; Oil & Gas Storage, Gas lines, Bridges (Golden Gate & New York area), Dams (Hoover & Bonneville Project), Aqueducts--Pumping Stations (California & CAP), Railroads, oil & LNG export & import terminals, docks, airport control towers, navigation beacons & aircraft, port facilities, & attacks on helicopter staging centers or a production facility for choppers, aircraft or other weapons. & always -- the government buildings!

(II.) Tactical strikes -- to acquire weapons, money, fame, or takeout limited equipment -- a plane -- a chopper -- a communication facility. Foreign corporations & foreign tourists are likely targets.

(III.) Symbolic Strikes -- Sword of Bolivar -- Statue of Liberty -- Governors' Mansion -- Disney World -- fake car bombs or smoke attacks to create panic but no major deaths.

VI. 3 : Unfolding Scenarios of Battle & Retreat:

Typical Urban Guerrilla Attack Plan: TARGET -- is a large gun shop or dealer1. Recon -- Security at site, where supplies you want are located -- the right gun powders -- weapon models etc
2. Recon the nearest police stations & substations -- & queuing areas -- coffee shops -- hangouts
3. Observe security & employee shift changes, & traffic changes by shoppers or commuters at or near the place of the primary target (gun shop or armory).
4. Recon the electric distribution system of the area - also supply transformers if near or if they are big or it is the right time of year (summer or winter extremes) Where are key power lines; gas lines; water system components?
5. Escape plan route; stash places; breakdown contingencies & re-supply options.
6. Fall back contingencies; injuries; hot pursuit & other possible complications.
7. Battle Plan: Large fires or car bombs are set near a rich part of town away from a targeted gun shop. Attacks on fire department & police stations are made to look like they are large scale attacks in that part of town. Then that attack group falls back to cover -- & to keep out enemy forces -- say to the north. Meanwhile, the gun shop is hit & power lines/substations are taken out all over -- communication towers & -- or jamming systems are used. Then the roads or police stations are taken out as the group retreats quickly with the stash. Takeout some of the local police or military helicopters before the raid & prepare to shoot others down at the time of the raid & the retreat -- (dusk - ?? ).Break down part of the shipment quick -- smaller trucks -- cars -- & go in different directions. Set more fires elsewhere ( or time them to go off at the estimated time) & return snipers to attacks on fire department & police. Litter the roadways with nails, caltrops or small car bombs (or smoky fires) for max chaos but minor deaths. -- Get away -- send those communiqués -- & celebrate the precious arms that have been liberated !! A smaller & continuous harassment would be to rob individual or teams of police randomly at different areas, times & ways!! Get some money, cars, radios, weapons, uniforms & some priceless fun...

If you are being pursued by an enemy column, always kill the lead man (the Point man). This will unnerve the enemy and make the point position difficult to fill. This tactic will sometimes divide the enemy against one another, as some men may refuse to take a position that is going to result in their deaths.

Operational strategy for crime & targeting: Have people on bicycles & other vehicles cruising around with cell phones & pagers looking for targets like expensive cars, rich people, lone police officers/armed guards & anything of value (plus easy opportunities like drug dealers & cars or trucks left running). Then once contacted 2 attack squads converge according to a coded message (like the numbers 11 or 444). The codes indicate the type of target & the type of attack squads (vans or heavily armed) that are needed. These scouts also record the movements of security forces, the times & routes of armored cars & of wealthy people. If well coordinated this information could also serve attacks on larger regional targets & diversions for same.

When planning multi attacks or coordinated attacks study how the leaders or designated agents contact others & request a certain kind of diversion on a certain date/time /region. They do not need specifics about the primary action only any details that assure they are not in the way & accomplish the secondary or diversion action (s). The follow up directions could come if necessary within a certain period -- 10-20 hours before hit -- & or it could be more organic too -- like the date only within 2 days & the second or main group waits for that diversion to happen -

Tactics Miscellaneous:
Part I - Planned diversions to protect the units engaged in actions or retreats. Like, send out scout teams to set booby traps & fires to attract attention way from retreating units or away from an ongoing action -- or into a trap. Randomness is also vital in the long or medium run as in -- don't use the same diversion tactics or plan in the same situation against the same enemy commander -- or do use again -- now & again -- but add twists or dirty tricks -!

Stage Two (or Three ?) Operations: Weapons, Money, Explosives, Strategic Symbolism of Strength.
Do a big fire or a flood into a area where the military or the rich live (police) then car bombs at key intersections, bridges, underpasses or at the crowded shopping centers created form an earlier diversion or broken down cars routing traffic into the newly congested areas -- gas stations too. A second idea is to take out a bridge or a key highway overpasses ( using tanker trucks or explosives ) -- then target alternate transportation routes & trains, busses or airports.

Bank hits -- You burn the bank & create lots of smoke & chaos -- car mini-bombs nearby before & after the hit -- or a whole fake attack away from the bank to set it up- also works when presidents or other big events happen (cop funerals etc) & this draws security away & de-prioritizes banks etc.

For armored car robberies (or destruction) or for SWAT vehicles (Tanks?) stick on a device with magnets or glue that zaps the electronics (grounds it too with a big copper cable & or a pipe). This would take out the phones, alarms & possibly the vehicle motor's computer, disabling the vehicle & probably destroying its communication & alarm systems. With enough voltage the device cold kill or render the occupants unconscious. It's possible that the armored car system has a negative status alarm in that non-receipt of signals alerts the headquarters of a problem. The problem of opening the doors would still exist.

Several medium-sized mines placed along a highway or near a bridge or steep drop-offs -- (or?) -- can accentuate demands & be used in a variety of places to confuse & humiliate the government. When the key is to monitor traffic & try & wait for a general or a rich person -- or both -- & then feint a big attack on the general, the bridge or a nearby troop garrison. This draws a response while your real target was powerlines in the other direction or cars & banks elsewhere. Also works for attracting choppers to an ambush canyon.

VI. 4 : Escalation to Chaos: Escalation Theory & Reverse Escalation

Typically insurgents escalate their attacks to higher value targets & more shocking missions. In some cases it may be necessary to reverse this & strike the hardest & largest targets first. This strategy allows the most damage early on before security tightens. Once escalation grows the government can expect increasingly bloody attacks.

Find gas stations near something valuable, downtown, airport, mansions. Wait for tanker to come to it. Rob the store, remove the truck driver, evict the employees, turn on all the gas pumps, disable the emergency gas shut off switch (usually outside near the door), breach the tank on the truck, slash the truck tires, cut the truck battery cables. Then run like hell leaving two short fused timers behind (one hidden or remote control).

VI. 5 : Regional or Mobile Security
Any concentrations of troops will be attacked brutally & the same goes for villages or populations suspected of aiding insurgents. The military's drones, satellites, infrared sensors & laser guided smart bombs (J-Dam too) will seek out targets & eliminate resistance. So, in general stay dispersed & set up multiple fake villages, facades, decoys. Stay in groups of 16 to 30 fighters -- spread out over miles (8-12) -- with a few more old & young people as cover. Even spread out like that you can still pull people together (representatives & commanders) for meetings (fishbowls too). Can also use simple radio communications within the area -- with few details -- just chat -- coded times -- coded -- warnings -- etc... In cities, in basements or on the first floor of 4 story apartment or houses -- you can have 25 to 40 people --as the building mass protects from infrared & most spyware -- other than listening devices. Possible exceptions to the stay dispersed rule are in heavy jungle or forest in Mountainous areas (or areas with heavy fog or clouds -- Snow (?)) Maybe areas with lots of cattle or other animals -- wild & domestic could confuse sensors too -- though if they are guerrilla cattle -- better keep them dispersed too -- unless it is worth losing some for your cover.

You should have prepared several bunkers at different places throughout your base of operations. Here, you can store excess items rather than carry them around with you all the time. These should offer some shelter, not only from the cold and rain, but also from light artillery, such as grenades launched from guns and mortars. Thus, if the attackers are only a small unit you may have some time to evacuate and retrieve valuable equipment.

CALCULATE RISKS; LOOK AT IMAGES OF ENEMY TROOP MOVEMENTS AND DEPLOYMENT; ANTICIPATE ENEMY PLANNING -- USE SCANNING SCOUTS & TYPICAL RECON DATA ANALYSIS -- ALONG WITH MEDIA AND DIPLOMATIC ANALYSIS 7 ESPIONAGE REPORTS TO FORMULATE ENEMY INTENTIONS. TEST YOUR ASSUMPTIONS ABOUT THESE INTENTIONS THROUGH CLEVER ACTIONS OF YOUR OWN TO DRAW OUT THE ENEMY OR MAKE HIM COMMIT TO A PLAN THAT YOU HAVE ANTICIPATED.

VI. 6 : Choosing Targets

Look in the local yellow pages for a facility that you want to attack. Cruise on your bike or car along industrial routes, powerlines or roads looking for various & novel targets from culverts or waster water pipes that you want to plug to electric power substations that you want to fry up. Study what other groups have done & how they randomly mix up targets (Banks, assassinations, infrastructure, military, etc.)

VI. 7 : PLUGGING ROAD & HIGHWAY CULVERTS

An effective form of sabotage is to plug culverts on dirt & gravel roads. Floodwaters from storms or snowmelt, unable to flow under the road through the culvert, wash out the road, making it impassable. If the road has culverts, stuff the uphill ends with rocks & other debris. Then dig through the road fill to expose the top of the culvert. If this is done at the beginning of a seasonal rainy period or before spring run-off in snow country, most culverts will wash out, creating an excellent vehicle barrier. Keep your work hidden from drivers on the road, otherwise it might be noticed & removed before the next storm. You can also remove the culverts, using the come-along or a vehicle to drag them out. First dig all the road fill off the top of the culvert & free an end enough to get a choker on it. Using pole A-frames & fairleads as necessary, pull upward on the end of the culvert, lifting it out of the road. Use the come-along or a vehicle to pull on the cable, through tackle as necessary, & then, bend the culvert when one end is free, leaving it half buried in the road. The idea is to plug the culvert inside the inlet opening so the plugging is not visible to road maintenance crews peering down from the road as they drive by in their pickups.

1) To take out roads without heavy equipment or back-breaking labor, get some 2 x 4s, chicken wire, black plastic, nails, & staple gun. These materials & tools are light enough so that you & a friend can pack them into the area-thus not having to drive & leave your vehicle in an incriminating spot. You'll generally be working below the road surface, so eve if a car comes, you'll either be out of sight already or you can watch for headlights & duck in time.
Scope out the road ahead of time. Measure the diameters of the culverts at strategic points on the road. Then go home & cut 2 x 4s to fit each of t culverts. For culverts 30 inches & less in diameter, all you'll need are pieces a few inches longer than the diameter. For larger culverts, you might want more strength than this simple "X" frame can provide. You could use 3 in the form of a triangle, or four in the shape of a tic-tac-toe. But do not nail them together yet. You'll also need enough chicken wire & black plastic to cover twice the combined surface areas of your culvert ends. Bring a few pounds of galvanized 16-penny nails (3 inches long), staples & staple gun, hammer, cutters, & a pickax.
Nail the 2 x 4s together to make a frame that fits over the uphill end of the culvert. Once you've fitted the frame, cut a piece of chicken wire about 2 feet wider & taller than the end of the culvert. Center the wire over the frame & liberally staple it in place. Cut an equivalent piece of black plastic & staple it over the chicken wire. (You may need to use several overlapping pieces.) Place rocks, soil, & other heavy debris on the bottom, top, & to hold the plug securely in place. This is where the pickax is handy.
If there was water flowing through the culvert, it should now be backing up & forming a little reservoir. As long as your frame can support the weight then this lake should grow until it washes over the road. You might want to let some water continue to flow through by poking holes in the bottom of the plastic This way, your efforts are more likely to remain unnoticed until after the next big rainstorm or until snowmelt comes. The increased flow during a storm will cause more damage.

2) An effective way of plugging a culvert is as follows: Slide a plywood shelf into the culvert so you can lie on it. 1 Drill six holes at the lower (downstream) end of the culvert while resting comfortably on your shelf. Twist in heavy eye screws with a section of dowel. Affix doubled-up 1 inch mesh chicken wire to the eye screws. Flow-borne debris will form a solid plug inside the culvert up against the chicken wire & will block the culvert. Plastic, canvas or thin metal sheets can also be wired to parts of the chicken wire for a faster clog. (SEE FIGURE VI. 7.2) None of the blockage should be visible from the road. If maintenance workers cut the chicken wire after debris has piled up against it, this should not be enough to flush out the culvert. On smaller culverts, simply wad chicken wire a leg's length up the lower end.
3) Corrugated roofing metal or other types of sheet metal are ideal materials for blocking culverts under roads. Use your ingenuity to affix them to the culvert so they will stay in place in high water. Try using eye bolts as suggested above, or drive large nails into the walls of the culvert.
4) Steel culverts that are large enough to walk into & difficult to block can be wrenched by punching holes in their bottom with a rock pick. This allows water to seep underneath & cause the gradual washout of the culvert. The damage is irreparable but may take a long time, so plan ahead! This method works best in culvert bridges that are primarily backfilled with dirt.
5) For narrow culverts, make a trip to an auto junkyard & buy collapsed "space saver" spare tires. Position the collapsed spare in the culvert & inflate it with a bike pump or other inflator. As it expands, it will wedge itself in the culvert. You could also plug the "donut" hole of the tire with debris or rags/plastic..

Plug culverts on newer roads that haven't been fully compacted. These wash out more easily. Plug culverts in road sections that have substantial fill on the outlet side. It is more difficult to repair these wash-outs. Since round corrugated metal culvert pipe comes in 2" increments from 6 inches on up, it makes sense to use round stuff to plug them: Volleyballs ( 8"), soccerballs ( 9"), & basketballs ( 9"+) can be used to plug 8 to 12 inch diameter culverts. Partially deflate the ball, shove into the culvert inlet a short distance, then over-inflate it in place. For 10 & 12 inch culverts, wrap the ball with absorbent material such cotton toweling to make up the diameter difference. Cover the ball with debris & rocks, but not past (outside) the pipe opening. All of this stuff can be backpacked, & tire pumps & sports equipment are not unusual item have in your car.

A partially inflated tire inner tube shoved in & pumped up to fill the gap might also work. It would be more flexible for various culvert sizes, but requires more pumping. Even a large balloon, like a weather balloon, placed in the culvert & then inflated might work. Plastic 5 gallon buckets with lids are a common sight in dumps & along the road. They are about 12" in diameter at the top, & could be wedged in 12" culverts, tapered end first, then filled with rocks & -debris. The black plastic planter buckets available in nurseries also come in 2 inch increments.
Large culverts (16" on up) can be plugged with sandbags, which are routinely used for bank stabilization & temporary road sign ballast. Pick up a few & put in your car trunk or truck bed. The extra weight will give better traction to get to those hard-to-reach culverts. Very Large culverts in urban areas can be plugged with sand bags & large inner tubes used for truck tires. Back his up with chicken wire & debris.
To jam a culvert: A) One can do it like George Stewart in his novel Storm & jam a lead hog into it.
(Naw, too damn heavy to carry up a road in a backpack).
B) If the culvert is between 6 inches in diameter & two feet one could use plastic two-part expanding wall insulating foam mixed in appropriate amounts in a trash bag which you quickly jam in the culvert as the foam expands. The trash bag (small for small pipes, large for large ones) will fill with foam to inflate across the pipe diameter rather than along its length ) plugging it instead of just laying along its bottom. Buy the two-part (50/50 mix) expanding foam, which comes in 2 one-pint containers (available at most home builder supply stores). It expands about 20 times the liquid volume. Experiment with the stuff before trying it in a culvert you want to plug. The couple of quarts of liquid, rash bags, & expanding foam are easy to carry in a backpack.
C) If the culvert is larger than 2 feet in diameter, you could probably tie several large foam bags together & emplace some kind of cross bracing to jam he pipe. Remember that a hell of a lot of water must be held back to jam a large culvert until the road erodes around the culvert, so think it through to make sure your plug will hold.
9) Do your culvert plugging before the rainy season or snowmelt in your area. That way your plug need not remain undiscovered for a long time, otherwise, small backups of water might be visible from vehicles on the road. Watch weather reports & try to plug culverts shortly before major storms are forecast to hit the area.
10) If you don't want to carry anything incriminating into the field for plugging culverts, use large rocks & multi-branched limbs on culverts up to 2 feet in diameter. Bigger rocks won't wash out readily; dead tree branches with many limbs will jam in place easily. Flood-borne debris will finish job (especially if you toss a lot of debris in the streambed upstream of the vent) & even make the washout look "natural." Restore the appearance of the mouth of the culvert to avoid tipping off a passing guard.

VI. 8 : PLUGGING WASTEWATER DISCHARGE PIPES & INDUSTRIAL WATER INTAKE PIPES

INDUSTRIAL WASTE OUTFLOWS are the most noxious of all pipes. The most toxic waters from an industry run anywhere from completely clear & clean-looking to completely black. The water can turn blue litmus paper red or vice versa. If a pipe doesn't fit one of the first four categories, & is located near a chemical, oil, metal, high tech, mining, or other plant, it's probably a toxic discharge. Row your boat or canoe along a river & look for pipes. Use a tape measure to determine the inside pipe diameter. Note the type of pipe (concrete, steel, or clay).
SEWER pipes are distinguished by gray-colored water discharges, algae growing in the pipe, rancid smells, & black ooze. These pipes range in size from 12 to 96 inches. LANDFILLS leak toxic contaminants. The leacheate is often pumped into local water body. Look for orange iron stains from the leacheate. Thin films will form on puddles of the leacheate.
RAINWATER RUNOFF & drainage pipes are common. The pipes are at the end of natural or artificial drainage courses. They are most often 18 or 12 inches in diameter. They usually run clear, except after a cloudburst begins. Then all the crap on the roads gets washed into the water. Plugging a rainwater runoff pipe can have a delayed but dramatic effect on a local industry or shopping mall.
COOLING WATER pipes are universally warm, foamy, BIG, & tough to plug. Generally, intakes for cooling water pipes for chemical plants should be plugged because a sudden blockage can result in dangerous destruction.
SMALL PIPES 18 inches & less in diameter. First, temporarily block the flow in the pipe to make your job easier. Many pipes have little flow during dry weather. If there is a flow, stop it up temporarily with one or more sand bags. Stuff the sand bag up the pipe as far as you can. This will give you the time you need to work. Fill a second sand bag with a water-cement-gravel mixture & push it in up to the first sand bag. At this point you should have blocked flow from the pipe. Add: a little cement around the bag to lock it in place. Cement in a few bigger rocks for good measure. (See Figure VI. 81.) Sometimes a bucket filled with cement & gravel will just fit into a pipe. This is especially true for 12" pipes. Add extra cement around the edges inside the pipe to ensure good anchoring. Similar objects filled with cement are available for smaller pipes (vehicle exhaust pipes, for example). Plumber supply stores' have commercial pipe plugs for 2 to 8 inch pipes.
MEDIUM PIPES 2 to 5 feet in diameter. For sewer manholes, simply lift the cover & fill the manhole with sandbags. Twenty-five 60 pound bags will fill the largest ones. Far fewer bags can be used if you only stuff them up the exit pipe. The weight of the water will force a complete blockage as the manhole' fills up. (See Figure VI. 82) Sandbags may also be used as a temporary block while the pipe exit is blocked with bricks & cement. Cement & gravel filled bags will do if extra cement is put between the bags. This is a big operation & will require a vehicle & one to two hours work for two people.
BIG PIPES 5 feet & bigger in diameter. These pipes can be bricked & dammed if they are occasionally dry. There may be no or low flow times of day or year. Nail guns may be used to attach strips of 'sheet metal onto bulkheads even if there is some flow. Or you can hammer in regular nails or special nails designed for concrete. Look upstream for valves, gates, weirs, & intakes which may be easier to tug or gum up. When you are done: Clean up all equipment. Dispose of empty containers (fingerprints!). Camouflage your plugged pipe if possible. A pipe that's hard - to find is a pipe that's hard to fix. Don't return to view your handiwork. Rest assured that a well-executed pipe plug will shut down even a large operation. City-sized chemical facilities have been shut down by pipe plugs in the past. The pasty trick is to plug wastewater discharge pipes from various industries: Chemical, metal working, electrical generating, mining, sewerage, refining & drilling plants all discharge large amounts of wastewater (flow rates can exceed several million gallons per day from a single source). Discharge pipes are so common & lowly they are ignored by most security personnel. Unless guards are tipped off beforehand, pipes are often sitting ducks.

Safety - 1) If the company wants to get rid of the crap, it must be dangerous to your health. Use waterproof gloves & eye protection. Wear old rain gear that you can affordably discard after each job. The following parts of your body should be protected on a job: Eyes-wear goggles; Skin-wear gloves & maybe a rain jacket; Lungs-gas masks are usually unnecessary, but it is prudent to work quickly in order to reduce your risk; feet - wear rubber boots; Mouth-wear a bandanna over your mouth to prevent liquid droplets from splashing into your mouth, especially when working around sewage. 2) Your plug may be stronger than some older concrete pipes. Plugging may cause bulkheads to collapse. Don't stick around. 3) Anchor cement is caustic & may burn your cuticles & sting in cuts. Always wash after using it. 4) Watch out for video cameras. Parallel chainlink fences spaced 5 feet or so apart may indicate that motion detectors are in use. Small microwave antennas may have motion detectors.

VI. 9 : Hydro Plant Flood Gates

The flood gates of many hydro plants are controlled by radio messages sent from hundreds of miles away & transmitted by microwave stations. When opened, the river level below can rise 10 feet or more in a minute & the river keeps rising so long as the gates are open or until a source of the water is exhausted. The source generally contains thousands of acre feet of water - sometimes enough to overflow or wash out a dam down stream. Modern technology generally renders the need for humans at the plants obsolete. Consequently if one of the transmitters were destroyed a considerable amount of impounded water would be lost before remedial action could be taken. The transmitters are generally unguarded.

FIELD NOTES - Flush a mixture of dry plaster & sawdust in a nylon stocking down toilets in order to block the sewer systems of objectionable developments such as ski resorts & National Park hotels. Ocean front sewer pipes often have metal tide gate flaps to prevent sea water from flooding the pipe during high tide. Lock it shut. Some tide gates have wing nut locking mechanisms. Use them. Waste pond & waste ditch overflows are easily blocked because the outer pressure is working in your favor. Fill a sandbag(s) with mixed wet anchor cement & gravel, & stuff it in the upper end. At many dumps & industrial sites you will find monitoring well caps. These are used to detect pollution underground. Do not touch them or you may danger a site cleanup.
Large utility company cooling water outfalls may discharge millions of gallons per day, but these megaplants also have much smaller yet equally vital wastewater flows- of typically 1-10 MGD flows. A saboteur can easily stop these flows. Valves & flood gates may also be vulnerable.
2) Start small. What you learn on small pipes will help you with the big ones.
3) Good quality, waterproof, quick-drying cement is worth its weight in gold. Anchoring cement has all these properties & it expands as it sets, too. Marine patching cement is even better, but you'll need practice to use it well.
4) When using cement, mix it with lots of gravel & stones. They provide cheap bulk & make the plug much tougher. If you want to ruin a company's day for sure, add some rebar & chicken wire to your cement plugs.
5) Plugging an intake or a bulkhead at the point where a channel flow goes underground is very effective. The flowing water will help push your plug deeper into the pipe (See Figure VI. 92).

VI. 10 : ROADS & TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS

Road trashing can be done casually by a group on a hike, taking care that they aren't caught while doing it. Although effective these actions bear few dangers. To effectively close roads, strike at numerous points along a single road, & at many roads within the road network surrounding an area. Maintain your campaign against the roads in the area after they are repaired, strike again, & again. It will become too costly to continue repairing them & roads will begin to be abandoned. As a campaign against roads becomes effective or costly, security precautions will need to become stringent to avoid being caught.

Concern about the federal deficit is conducive to citizen resistance strategies. A dispersed campaign of nibbling away at the road infrastructure on public (or private) lands will soon exhaust road repair budgets. Attacks on highways & urban transportation systems can lead to quick negotiations as outraged citizens blame the government for a lack of security & for policies that provoke the insurgents. Many forest & rural roads have gates. Cause confusion by getting padlocks & locking gates yourself. Liquid Solder in the keyhole prevents the lock from being picked. Most gates have a casing around the lock to prevent them from being cut with bolt cutters. Close a road near the beginning. This keeps vehicles out.

A clever escapade involved a controversial landing strip. In 1986, a person dug 21 holes with a porthole digger in rows three-abreast along the strip. Salt was put into each. Elk & deer pawed the holes to get the salt & made the dirt strip unusable for aircraft
In the proper location, it is possible for a group of people, using only their hands, to fill a road with enough boulders & other debris to act as an effective barrier to most vehicles. A vehicle with a winch, a bulldozer, or a crew of workers might be able to clear the road to permit passage in a few hours.

If you ever run across an unattended drill rig, take the bits away & bury them. Do likewise with any strange looking fittings you find, especially if they are for compressors or pumps. Some of these things are specialized & aren't easily replaced. If there are rows of cuttings, scatter these around. If there are cores, break & scatter them.

VI. 11 : SPIKING & NAILING ROADS: Where to Place Road Spikes

As these spikes have sharp tips, wear gloves when handling them (wear gloves also for security reasons, & be sure the spikes don't carry fingerprints). Make special containers for carrying your spikes-unprotected, they can puncture a backpack. Construct spike quivers out of 3-inch diameter ABS plastic pipe.

For effectiveness give thought to where you place road spikes Seek out areas where a blow-out or flat might put the driver or vehicle in danger. Roads or jeep trails with a sheer, long drop-off are obvious danger zones. Determine whether you should spike a long vehicle route at the beginning or in a remote location in the middle. Although road spikes are difficult to see from a vehicle (particularly a charging muscle wagon), picking a spot where they will be extra difficult to see will increase their effectiveness. Choose a spot with vegetation to the side, shadows, a dip in the route or a curve. Camouflaging will obscure the 3 inches of dark rod protruding from the ground. Also, pick a site where there is an excellent chance of the road spike making contact with a tire. At some points along a vehicle route, there may be several feet of variance for the tires. Several road spikes may be needed across the route there to flatten a tire. Instead, select a spot where ruts or natural constrictions keep the tire tread confined & where one spike is sure to make contact with knobby rubber. Crossings of streams & dry washes are also choice locations. Look at the terrain & previous vehicle tracks to determine where each of your spikes will wreak maximum havoc on vehicle tires. Consider the direction most vehicles will be traveling & incline the road spikes accordingly. It may be necessary on some routes to direct your spikes in both directions. Even with proper planning of spike emplacement, your road spikes may stand out. Put a tumbleweed, litter, or small branches over visible spikes. Paint spikes on asphalt black & those on concrete roads gray.

Setting Spikes
Make the "cap" illustrated here so that you can drive the stakes into ground without blunting the sharp end. Buy two 3/8 to 1/4 inch galvanized "reducers," one 3/8 by 5 inch galvanized pipe nipple, & one 1/4 inch nipple: any length (the shorter the better), & assemble as follows: Screw the inch long pipe into the large ends of both reducers; screw the smaller pipe the small end of one of the reducers; then cut it off flush. Place the reducer with the flush-cut nipple over the sharp end of the spike & hammer the other end of the, reducer to drive the stake into ground. If you simply put a piece of 1/4 inch pipe over the sharp end of the stake & hammered on it to drive in the rebar, one pipe end would deform quickly from hammering & the stake would wedge up in the other end. Reducers hold their shape & make this a long lasting tool. Driving the stake creates a seat (in the end that fits over the stake) into which succeeding road spikes should be fitted. (SEE FIGURE VI. 11.2) To set spikes into an asphalt roadway it helps to have both ends of the spike sharpened.

Alternative Spike Driver - Rebar road spikes can be driven into soft (or muddy) ground without dulling the business end & without using a spike driver. Tightly clamp a large pair of visegrips to the spike & tap on the visegrips with a hammer to sink the spike, into the ground. In harder ground, visegrips & a simple spike driver can be used. Use a three-inch section of 3/8 inch pipe with a 3/8" by 1/4" reducer or a 3/8" end cap (block-off cap) screwed on the end. Tightly clamp the visegrips 3 1/2 inches from the pointed end of the rebar road spike. Slide the spike drive over the rebar so it rests on the visegrips but does not touch the sharp end of the rebar (half an inch gap should be present). By hammering on the end of the spike driver, the rebar spike will be driven into the ground through the visegrip.

VI. 12 : NAILBOARDS

Another weapon against tires is the spike or nailboard. Short scraps of re-bar, left over after making spikes, are useful here. For rebar spikes, take a to 4 foot length of standard 2 x 4 or 2 x 6 lumber & stud it with spikes. Our spikes protrude 4 to 6 inches out of the board at a 45-degree angle & are usually placed 3 to 4 inches apart. The spikes can all be angled in one direction, or angled two ways, so as to puncture tires coming from either direction To place the spikes, drill a hole the diameter of the spike, at the desired angle through the board. After placing the spikes in the board, you may want to nail another board across the bottom as backing, so the weight of the vehicle won't drive the spike down into the hole before the tip accomplishes its purpose.

Nailboards, made from strips of 1" or 1 1/2"-thick plywood with numerous nails driven through at an angle, are ideal for dirt bikes, whose narrow tires may miss rebar spikes. We recommend nails of at least 20d size, since small ones might be bent by the tires. Nail & spikeboards should be anchored to the ground. This is done drilling a hole in each end of the board, & by driving an L-shaped piece of rebar through each hole. Use 14 inch for soil emplacements & 36 inch for sand or mud emplacements. Bury the wood portion of a spikeboard in the ground. Carry a digging tool for this. Camouflage your emplacements. Be creative. Most Hummer freaks & dirt bike yahoos don't think anything of running over a small piece of brush, tumbleweed, or litter which conceals a spikeboard. Avoid leaving fingerprints anywhere on a spike or even on the boards. An easy way to drive nails through a nailboard is to place the board on sand or soft dirt & drive in the nails through the board into the dirt. Turn it over & you have a nailboard. To anchor boards, try driving large nails or bridge timber spikes through the board into the ground. Some agents argue that nails should not extend more than an inch & a half from the board because they will bend on contact with the tires. For cheap nailboards: Stud a piece of irregularly-shaped cardboard (it looks like trash that way) with roofing nails & spray paint the whole thing brown so the nails are not noticeable from a moving vehicle. Do the same with a piece of carpet scrap, but no paint this time.
For urban roadways use 16p nailboards with a small piece of carpet or a plastic bag over it.
(See also Section VII. Weapons & Communications for info on making road spikes & caltrops).

VI. 13 : Wood Bridges

Wooden bridges require major expense to replace. It takes more than a can of kerosene to burn one. A huge pile of dry firewood must be heaped up under the load carrying timbers of the bridge to sustain a fire of sufficient heat & duration to burn a soggy old bridge. Fill the available dry area under the bridge, or crib up a log platform covered with dirt, sand, or rock on which to lay the fire. Several armloads of small stuff, topped with progressively larger limbs & finally logs should be crammed right up to the underside of the timbers. After the small stuff burns a little & the fire collapses, you should stoke it with big limbs & logs & stuff the openings with branches. Then you can walk away confident of the results. You can also saw through bridge timbers from the underside with a chain, bow, or crosscut saw. It is hard to avoid hitting nails. If noise is a problem, a bow saw blade cuts easily when sharp & can be quickly replaced when dulled. A few drops of kerosene will make it cut smoothly in resinous or creosote-treated wood.

VI. 14 : Closing Urban Roads & Chaos on the Highways

Nails spread on the roadways, snipers & car bombs are all effective at closing any road. Trees & power poles can also be felled to land on a road. Knocking out the electric power or damaging the traffic lights can create mayhem at least temporarily. Even smoking cars (fake car bombs) can cause panic & road closures especially in downtown or other shopping areas. Once an insurgency grows they can simply declare a No Transport Day & effectively shut down traffic by threat alone. This has been a common practice in El Salvador, Colombia & Nepal. The IRA used to shut the whole British railway system down with a single phone call. Sometimes these were ruses, but given the pre-supplied codes & a number of previous & post attacks the government could not risk leaving the trains running while under threat. (See also Sections on plugging culverts, destroying bridges (below) & car bombs (VII.).

VI. 15 : STEEL BRIDGES

Modern or large steel bridges require some expertise to destroy, however, anyone can shut one down & possibly cause major expenses to fix. With a saws-all, thermite (thermate too?) or explosives one can attack the key components such as where the cables attach (especially at the ends of the bridge). Intermediate supports & cable attachments are also vulnerable. Large truck bombs or detonated gasoline or diesel tanker trucks could be used. Simply ramming a bridge support or a mid-span support could cause major damage. Ships could also be used. A series of attacks using all of the above techniques would be very effective. Cutting torches & large gas powered grinders (cut-off saws) can also tear apart any bridge in a matter of hours -- or cut the key supports thus shutting the bridge down for hours or days.

VI. 16 : URBAN ATTACKS:
Corporate offices, Shopping Malls & Home Invasions

Attacks on urban targets will rattle the cage of the corporate echelon & force a serious consideration of the issues involved. Operating in the urban area provides the insurgent with a range of targets. As security is increased at rural target sites, saboteurs switch occasionally to less secure targets previously left untouched. These include equipment yards, sawmills, warehouses, corporate offices, & retail store outlets. Even individuals should not feel exempt from justice. The corporate structure routinely shields decision-makers from the consequences of their greedy acts. Corporate presidents, board members, & managers are rarely held accountable under the law, the usual punishment for crimes being a token fine paid by the corporation. When fixing blame for callous corporate activities, it is important to avoid field level managers simply carrying out orders. There are occasional exceptions to this, however, such as a militantly anti-environmental logging supervisor or a relative of a higher level big shot.
Imagine the chilling effect on business activities if the owner & managers knew they might be held personally accountable. To spread chill, publicity should accompany such hits. Efforts must be made to garner public attention through the press. Brief cautionary phone calls can warn key individuals that their office or house might be next. Raids on personal residences should be planned & executed carefully.

Attacks on Corporate Offices
Corporate offices may range from small store-front operations to the massive glass & steel office complexes favored by the big multinational corporations. Corporate offices are vulnerable to a variety of sabotage techniques. For instance, a quick night raid involving breaking windows (through which paint, fire or stink bombs might be tossed for good measure). Other appropriate tactics for corporate offices include lock jamming, dumping noxious effluent, & sniping or breaking the upper windows in a large storm so that the water causes great damage.

The Daring Daylight Raid
At times, much publicity can be obtained from an action against corporate office in broad daylight. Urban daylight operations are riskier than night operations, & require precision in their execution. Following are some proven methods to follow: Planning: Study the target building & surroundings in detail. Important details are: Locations of doors & windows; Building security (i.e., guards & closed-circuit TV cameras); Parking lots 7 general parking access (for lookouts & getaway car); Lighting (mainly important for night hits); Approaches to the target & escape routes (don't rely on just one of each); Out-of-the-way access (loading docks, parking garages, etc.); Locations of possible witnesses.

Use any available pretext to examine the building layout. Dress like a typical businessperson & stroll about purposefully. Stop in as a pedestrian to for directions to a nearby building. Conservative-looking team members, inquire about renting office or convention space, & perhaps get a tour facility from the building supervisor. Always have a prepared story in case you are questioned. For detailed information, one of your team could try to get a janitorial job in the building (quit well before the hit). Detailed building plans may be on file & easily accessible at the office of the city or county building inspector. Pose as a prospective buyer (or buyer's representative), architectural student. etc.
Local newspapers are a source of information on what sort of development is going on or planned - this goes for big-city dailies as well as rural weeklies. Some report on permits for oil & gas exploration, & local mining activities. A good place to read a variety of publications without compromising your security is the periodical section of a public library. If you are interested in detailed information (names of individuals owning a business or a piece of property) a bit of investigative work in the library or at the county courthouse can produce results. City directories (or business directories such as Cole's or Polk's) may tell you who lives at a specific address or who owns a business. In most states, the office of Secretary of State usually maintains records of corporations incorporated in that state. You may be able to obtain copies of these records for a nominal fee. Finally, your city or county recorder has public records on deeds which show who owns what land or buildings. The tax assessor has public records of property taxes which also indicate ownership of all properties. The "Grantor" & "Grantee" books record real property transactions alphabetically by names.
When you have a likely phone number, you can verify it by calling under some innocent-sounding pretext. Matching license plate numbers at the corporate parking lot & at home is a good way of being sure that your target actually resides at a given address. Another way would be to pose as a prospective property buyer & inquire at the county courthouse about who owns a particular residence. This information is a matter of public record. Once you have a house pinpointed, study the layout of the neighborhood streets carefully. This will prevent your driver from inadvertently taking a dead-end street in an attempted escape. Scout by day & by night. Decide ahead of time exactly what slogans will go on what walls.
Check the target at the exact hour & night of the week just one week before the hit. This will reveal any routine activity for that day & time that might interfere with your plan. Follow the basic security precautions outlined elsewhere. Make sure your license number can't be read. If possible, use a brief drop & pickup-style hit, but avoid stopping directly in front of the target home. The corporate criminal's car can be hit at home, at work, or in the grocery store parking lot. Smelly liquids or aerosols can be used on the interior, & paint stripper can be used (carefully!) to slogan on the paint of the auto's exterior. It is usually too dangerous to fool with the engine (like sanding the oil), but tires are easy to ruin.

If feasible, determine typical conditions ahead of the action by scouting the target both one week & one day prior to the hit (at the same time of day). This will reveal patterns of activity to expect at the time of your hit. Consider a dry run to test your plan. Timing is important. Getaway vehicles must blend in with the area. If you require certain parking spaces, be patient & wait until they open. To be safe, get there well in advance.
When necessary, use diversionary tactics. A smoke bomb set off safely in a planter might distract security. A well-timed phone call might distract a solitary receptionist in a front office waiting room. Some type of disguise is usually a good idea. The basic type is an eye-catching garment that tends to distract eyewitnesses. A brightly-colored ski mask, scarf, shirt, or the like tends to dominate in the descriptions later given to police. Wigs, dyed hair & fake mustaches can be bought cheaply at second-hand stores (like Goodwill) & at novelty shops. Use special wig cleaner (available at wig shops) to clean any second-hand wig. Wigs commonly cost 5 dollars or less. Hats or veils are used too.
Avoid elaborate disguises. Most don't look good close up, & may make someone suspicious. Shaving real facial hair or wearing a fake mustache can be an effective but simple disguise. See books like Corson's Stage Makeup (in most college libraries) for details on how to properly apply facial hair.
Such disguises are most effective if they can be quickly removed before one escapes the area or enters the getaway vehicle. The simplest method is to discard a garment while exiting the area. For example, a light jacket or second shirt worn on top of the first shirt (both bought at Goodwill) can be discarded in the trash, an unlocked closet, elevator, rest room, etc. Never discard a wig in this manner as it will invariably contain some of your hairs. Another disposal/quick-change method involves passing the items to a confederate totally different from you in appearance (for example, passing a brightly-colored shirt & wig from a man to a woman), with the receiver smuggling the V ms out in a large purse, shopping bag, or briefcase. This same person can also smuggle the disguise items into the target area for donning just prior to the attack.

Escape is the most critical item in your daylight raid plan. If foot pursuit is possible, a sack of BBs or bottle of cooking oil sloshed on a tile floor can delay pursuers, particularly in the confines of a hallway. If an elevator is necessary the plan, have a confederate hold the door open to insure quick getaway. o, don't neglect the fire stairs in high-rise buildings. Keep in mind that you
Verify the accuracy of the address through at least two sources. The phone book & city directory may help, though these may not be up-to-date & many prominent people will not be listed in phone directories. Books like Who's Who & its various regional editions have biographies of many corporate types, & while they do not give street addresses, they at least pinpoint the community in which they reside. so that a little additional detective work may turn up the actual address.

VI. 17 : ASSASSINATIONS

No assassination instructions should ever be written or recorded. Consequently, the decision to employ this technique must nearly always be reached in the field, at the area where the act will take place. Decision & instructions should be confined to an absolute minimum of persons. Ideally, only one person will be involved. No report may be made, but usually the act will be properly covered by normal news services, whose output is available to all concerned.

CLASSIFICATIONS
The techniques employed vary according to whether the subject is unaware of his danger, aware but unguarded, or guarded. They will also be affected by whether or not the assassin is to be killed along with the subject. Hereafter, hits in which the subject is unaware will be termed "simple"; those where the victim is guarded will be termed "guarded." If the assassin is to die with the subject, the act will be called "lost." If the assassin is to escape, the adjective will be "safe." No compromises exist here. The assassin must not fall alive into enemy hands. A further division is caused when there is a need to conceal the fact that the subject was actually the victim of assassination, rather than an accident or natural causes. If such concealment is desirable the operation will be called "secret"; if concealment is immaterial, the act will be called "open"; while if the assassination requires publicity to be effective it will be termed "terroristic."

Following these definitions, the assassination of Julius Caesar was safe, simple, & terroristic, while that of Huey Long was lost, guarded & open. Obviously, successful secret assassinations are not recorded as assassination at all. Augustus Caesar & Paul Wellstone may have been the victims of safe, guarded & secret assassination. The hit on Bobby Kennedy may have been intended to be "lost." Chase assassinations usually involve clandestine agents or members of criminal organizations. In safe hits, the assassin needs the qualities of a clandestine agent: determined, courageous, intelligent, resourceful, & physically active. If special equipment is to be used, such as firearms or drugs, it is clear that he must have outstanding skill with such equipment.

Except in terroristic assassinations, it is desirable that the assassin be transient in the area. He should have an absolute minimum of contact with the rest of the organization & his instructions should be given orally by one person only. His safe evacuation after the act is essential, but here again contact should be as limited as possible. It is preferable that the person issuing instructions also conduct any withdrawal or covering action which may be necessary.

In lost assassination, the assassin must be a fanatic of some sort. Politics, religion, & revenge are about the only feasible motives. Since a fanatic is unstable psychologically, he must be handled with extreme care. He must not know the identities of the other members of the organization, for although it is intended that he die in the act, something may go wrong. While the Assassin of Trotsky has never revealed any significant information, it was unsound to depend on this when the act was planned.

PLANNING
When the decision to assassinate has been reached, the tactics of the operation must be planned, based upon an estimate of the situation similar to that used in military operations. The preliminary estimate will reveal gaps in information & possibly indicate a need for special equipment which must be procured or constructed. When necessary data has been collected, an effective tactical plan can be prepared. Planning must be mental; no papers should ever contain evidence of the operation.

In resistance situations, assassination may be used as a counter-reprisal. Since this requires advertising to be effective, the resistance organization must be in a position to warn high officials publicly that their lives will be the price of reprisal action against innocent people. Such a threat is of no value unless it can be carried out, so it may be necessary to plan the assassination of various responsible officers of the oppressive regime & hold such plans in readiness to be used if provoked by brutality. Such plans must be modified frequently to meet changes in the tactical situation.

TECHNIQUES

The essential point of assassination is the death of the subject. A human being may be killed in many ways but sureness is often overlooked by those who may be emotionally unstrung by the seriousness of the act. The specific technique depends upon a number of variables, but should be constant in one point: Death must be absolutely certain. The attempt on Hitler's life failed because the conspiracy did not give this matter proper attention.
Techniques may be considered as follows:
1. Manual - It is possible to kill a man with the bare hands, but few are skillful enough to do it well. Even a trained Judo expert will hesitate to risk killing by hand unless he has no alternative. However, the simplest local tools are often the most efficient means: a hammer, axe, wrench, screw driver, fire poker, kitchen knife, lamp stand, or anything hard, heavy & handy suffices. A length of rope or wire or a belt will do if the assassin is strong & agile. All such improvised weapons have the important advantage of availability & apparent innocence. In all safe cases where the assassin may be subject to search, either before or after the act, specialized weapons should not be used. Even in the lost case, the assassin may accidentally be searched before the act & should not carry an incriminating device - if any sort of lethal weapon can be improvised at or near the site. If the assassin normally carries weapons because of the nature of his job, it may still be desirable to improvise & implement at the scene to avoid disclosure of his identity.
2. Accidents - For secret assassination, either simple or chase, the contrived accident is the most effective technique. When successfully executed, it causes little excitement & is only casually investigated. The most efficient accident, in simple assassination, is a fall of 75 feet or more onto a hard surface. Elevator shafts, stair wells, unscreened windows & bridges will serve. Bridge falls into water are not reliable. In simple cases a private meeting with the subject may be arranged at a properly-cased location. The act may be executed by sudden, vigorous thrust of the ankles, tipping the subject over the edge. If the assassin immediately sets up an outcry, playing the "horrified witness", no alibi o r surreptitious withdrawal is necessary. In chase cases it will usually be necessary to stun or drug the subject before dropping him. Care is required to insure that no wound or condition not attributable to the fall is discernible after death.
Falls into the sea or swiftly flowing rivers may suffice if the subject cannot swim. It will be more reliable if the assassin can arrange to attempt rescue, as he can thus be sure of the subject's death & at the same time establish a workable alibi. If the subject's personal habits make it feasible, alcohol may be used to prepare him for a contrived accident of any kind. Falls before trains or subway cars are effective, but require exact timing & can seldom be free from unexpected observation.

Automobile accidents are a less satisfactory means of assassination. If the subject is deliberately run down, exact timing is necessary & investigation is likely to be thorough. If the subject's car is tampered with, reliability is low. The subject may be stunned or drugged & then placed in the car, but this is only reliable when the car can be run off a high cliff or into deep water without observation. Arson can cause accidental death if the subject is drugged & left in a burning building. Reliability is not satisfactory unless the building is isolated & highly combustible.

3. Drugs - In all types of hits except terroristic, drugs can be effective. If the assassin is trained as a doctor or nurse & the subject is under medical care, this is an easy & rare method. An overdose of morphine administered as a sedative will cause death without disturbance & is difficult to detect. The size of the dose depends on whether the subject has been using narcotics regularly. If not, 2 grains will suffice. If the subject drinks heavily, morphine or a similar narcotic can be injected at the passing out stage, & the cause of death will often be held to be acute alcoholism. Specific poisons, such as arsenic or strychine, are effective but their possession or procurement is incriminating, & accurate dosage is problematical.

4. Edge Weapons: Any locally obtained edge device may be successfully employed. A
certain minimum of anatomical knowledge is needed for reliability. Puncture wounds of the body cavity may not be reliable unless the heart is reached. The heart is protected by the rib cage & is not always easy to locate. Absolute reliability is obtained by severing the spinal cord in the cervical region. This can be done with the point of a knife or a light blow of an axe or hatchet. Another reliable method is the severing of both jugular & carotid blood vessels on both sides of the windpipe. If the subject has been rendered unconscious by other wounds or drugs, either of the above methods can be used.

5. Blunt Weapons: Blunt weapons require anatomical knowledge for effective use. Their main advantage is their universal availability. A hammer or Baseball bat may be picked up almost anywhere in the world. Even a rock or a heavy stick will do, & nothing resembling a weapon need be procured, carried or subsequently disposed of. Blows should be directed to the temple, the area just below & behind the ear, & the lower, rear portion of the skull. Of course, if the blow is very heavy, any portion of the upper skull will do. The lower frontal portion of the head, from the eyes to the throat, can withstand enormous blows without fatal consequences.

6. Firearms: Firearms are often used in assassination, often ineffectively. The assassin usually has insufficient technical knowledge of the limitations of weapons, & expects more range, accuracy & killing power than can be provided with reliability. Since certainty of death is the major requirement, firearms should be used which can provide destructive power in excess of that thought to be necessary, & ranges should be half that considered practical for the weapon. Firearm possession is often incriminating. They may be difficult to obtain. They require a degree of experience from the user. They are loud. Their accuracy is over-rated. There. are cases in which firearms are probably more efficient than other means. These cases usually involve distance between the assassin & the subject, or comparative physical weakness of the assassin, as with a woman.
(a) The precision rifle. In guarded assassination, a good hunting or target rifle should always be considered as a possibility. Absolute reliability can nearly always be achieved at a distance of 100 yards. The rifle should be a well made bolt or falling block action type, handling a powerful long-range cartridge: 300 F.A.B. Magnum is probably the best cartridge readily available; other excellent calibers are 270 Winchester Magnum, 30-- 06 & 8 x 60 Magnum. These are preferable to ordinary military calibers, since ammunition available for them is usually of the expanding bullet type, whereas most ammunition for military rifles is full jacketed & hence not sufficiently lethal.

Ideally, the weapon should achieve groups of one inch at 100 yards. The sight should be telescopic for accuracy & because they are better in dim light or near darkness. As long as the bare outline of the target is discernible, a telescope sight will work, even if the rifle & shooter are in total darkness. An expanding, hunting bullet of such calibers as described above will produce extravagant laceration & shock at short or mid-range. If a man is struck just once in the body cavity, his death is almost entirely certain. Public figures or guarded officials may be killed with great reliability & some safety if a firing point can be established prior to an official occasion. The propaganda value of this system may be high.

(b) The machine gun - Machine guns may be used in most cases where the precision rifle is applicable. Usually, this will require the subversion of a unit of an official guard at a ceremony, though a skillful & determined team might conceivably dispose o f a loyal gun crew without commotion & take over the gun at the critical time. The area fire capacity of the machine gun should not be used to search out a concealed subject. The automatic feature of the machine gun should rather be used to increase reliability by placing a 5 second burst on the subject. Even with full jacket ammunition, this will be absolute lethal is the burst pattern is no larger than a man. This can be accomplished at about 150 yards. In ideal circumstances, a properly padded & targeted machine gun can do it at 800 yards. The major difficulty is placing the first burst exactly on the target, as most machine gunners are trained to spot their fire on target by observation of strike. This will not do in assassination as the subject will not wait.

(c)The Submachine Gun: Known as the "machine-pistol" by the Russians & Germans is occasionally useful. Unlike the rifle & machine gun, this is a short range weapon & since it fires pistol ammunition, much less powerful. To be reliable, it should deliver at least 5 rounds into the subject's chest (.45 caliber U.S. weapons have a larger margin of killing efficiency than the 9 mm European arms). The assassination range of the sub-machine gun is point-blank. While accurate single rounds can be delivered by sub-machine gunners at 50 yards or more, this is not certain enough for assassination. Under ordinary circumstances, it should be used as a fully automatic weapon. In the hands of a capable gunner, a high cyclic rate is a distinct advantage, as speed of execution is most desirable, particularly in the case of multiple subjects. The sub-machine gun is especially adapted to indoor work when more than one subject is to be assassinated. An effective technique has been devised for the use of a pair of gunners, by which a room containing as many as a dozen subjects can be "purifico" in about 20 seconds with little or no risk to the gunners.

(d) The Shotgun: A large bore shotgun is an effective killer if the range is under 10 yards. It should be used only on single targets as it cannot sustain fire successfully. The barrel may be "sawed" off for convenience, but this is not a significant factor in its killing performance. 00 buckshot is the best shot size for a 12 gage gun, but anything from single balls to bird shot will do if the range is right. The assassin should aim for the solar plexus as the shot pattern is small at close range & can easily miss the head.

(e) The Pistol - While the handgun is inefficient as a weapon of assassination, it is often used, partly because it is readily available & can be concealed on the person, & partly because its limitations are not widely appreciated. While many well known assassinations have been carried out with pistols (Lincoln, Harding, Gandhi), such attempts fail as often as they succeed, (Truman, Roosevelt, Churchill, Reagan). If a pistol is used, it should be powerful & fired from just beyond reach. In the hands of an expert, a powerful pistol is quite deadly. 45 Colt, 44 Special & 357 Magnum are efficient calibers. In all cases, the subject should be hit solidly at least 3 times for reliability.

(f)Silent Firearms - The sound of the explosion of the propellant in a firearm can be effectively silenced by appropriate attachments. However, the sound of the projectile passing through the air cannot, since this sound is generated outside the weapon. In cases where the velocity of the bullet greatly exceeds that of sound, the noise so generated is louder than that of the explosion. Since all powerful rifles have muzzle velocities of over 2000 feet per second, they cannot be silenced. Pistol bullets, on the other hand, usually travel slower than sound & the sound of their flight is negligible. Therefore, pistols, submachine guns & any sort of improvised carbine or rifle which will take a low velocity cartridge can be silenced. The user should not forget that the sound of the operation of a repeating action is considerable, & that the sound of bullet strike, particularly in bone is quite loud.
Silent firearms are only occasionally useful to the assassin, though they have been widely publicized in this connection. Because permissible velocity is low, effective precision range is held to about 100 yards with rifle or carbine type weapons, while with pistols, silent or otherwise, are most efficient just beyond arms length. The silent feature attempts to provide a degree of safety to the assassin, but mere possession of a silent firearm is likely to create enough hazard to counter the advantage of its silence. The silent pistol combines the disadvantages of any pistol with the added one of its obviously clandestine purpose. A telescopically sighted, closed-action carbine shooting a low velocity bullet of great weight, & built for accuracy, could be useful to an assassin in certain situations.

7. Explosives: Bombs & demolition charges of various sorts have been used frequently in assassination. Such devices, in terroristic & open assassination, can provide safety & overcome guard barriers, but it is curious that bombs have often been the implement of lost assassinations. The major factor which affects reliability is the use of explosives is that the charge must be large & the timing of the detonation must be controlled exactly. A small or moderate explosive charge is highly unreliable as a cause of death, & time delay or booby-trap devices are extremely prone to kill the wrong man. The death of casual bystanders can often produce public reactions unfavorable to the cause for which the assassination is carried out. Bombs or grenades should never be thrown at a subject. While this will cause a commotion & may result in the subject's death, it is sloppy, unreliable, & bad propaganda.

Ten pounds of high explosive should normally be regarded as a minimum, & this is with fragmentation material included. The latter can consist of any hard, material as long as the fragments are large enough. Metal or rock fragments should be walnut-size. If solid plates are used, to be ruptured by the explosion, cast iron, 1" thick, gives excellent fragmentation. Military or commercial high explosives are practical for use in assassination.

Homemade or improvised explosives should be avoided. While possibly powerful, they tend to be dangerous & unreliable. Anti-personnel explosive missiles are excellent, provided the assassin has sufficient technical knowledge to fuse them properly. 81 or 82 mm mortar shells, or the 120 mm mortar shell, are particularly good, large enough to be reliable & small enough to be carried by one man. The charge should be so placed that the subject is within 6 feet from it at the moment of detonation. A large, shaped charge with the bomb filled with iron fragments (such as 1" nuts & bolts) will fire a highly lethal shotgun-type to 50 yards. This reaction has not been thoroughly tested, however, & an exact replica of the proposed device should be fired in advance to determine exact range, pattern-size, & penetration of fragments. Fragments should penetrate at least 1" of seasoned pine or equivalent for minimum reliability. Any firing device may be used which permits exact control by the assassin. An ordinary commercial or military explorer is efficient, as long as it is rigged for instantaneous action with no time fuse in the system. The wise electric target can serve as the triggering device & provide exact timing from as far away as the assassin can reliably hit the target. This will avoid the disadvantages of stringing wire between the proposed positions of the assassin & the subject, & also permit the assassin to fire the charge from a variety of possible positions. A radio switch can be used to fire, though its reliability is somewhat lower & its procurement may not be easy.

EXAMPLES of the assassinations & attempts:
Marat; Hedrich; Hitler; Harding; Roosevelt; Grand Duke Sergei; Truman; Pirhivie; Mussolini; Archduke Francis Ferdinand; Benes; Aung Sang Madero; Kirov; Abdullah; Huey Long; Ghandi; Alexander of Yugoslvia; Trotsky; JFK/RFK.

VI. 18 : CONFERENCE ROOM TECHNIQUE OF ASSASSINATION

1. (1) Enters room quickly but quietly
(2) Stands in doorway
2. (2) Opens fire on first subject to react. Swings across group toward center of mass. Times burst to empty magazine at end of swing.
(1) Covers group to prevent individual dangerous reactions, if necessary, fires individual bursts of 3 rounds.
3. (2) Finishes burst. Commands "Shift." Drops back through door. Replaces empty magazine. Covers corridor. (1) On command "shift", opens fire on opposite side of target, swings one burst across group.
4. (1) Finishes burst. Commands "shift". Drops back through door. Replaces magazine. Covers corridor. (2) On command, "shift", re-enters room. Covers group: kills survivors with two-round bursts. Leaves propaganda.
5. (2) Leaves room. Commands "GO". Covers rear with nearly full magazine. (1) On command "GO", leads withdrawal, covering front with full magazine. 6.

Related Webs: http://www.anusha.com/ciastudy.htm CIA Study of Assassination
http://www.gwu.edu/-nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB4/ CIA & Assassinations: The Guatemala 1954 Documents

VI. 19 : ATTACKS ON EQUIPMENT - Miscellaneous Considerations:

a) CONVEYORS - Construction & mining operations frequently use conveyor belt systems to move & sort material. The belts are similar in composition to automobile tires, with thick rubber reinforced by fiber cords. The simplest form of sabotage is slashing with a sharp, thin-bladed knife. A common hardware store item, the utility knife, is ideal. Since cuts that run straight across the belt are easily repaired, all your slashes should be at an angle, & as long as you can make them. Do not attempt to cut completely through the belt. A number of deep cuts at different points will cause the belt to deteriorate rapidly under use. Breakdown & early replacement become necessary.

b). HACKSAWS - A good way to damage equipment is by hacksawing. Large hacksawing jobs become faster & quieter with the use of cutting oil. An assistant who maintains a stream of oil on the blade makes large cutting jobs possible. Use top of the line hacksaw blades & new horizons in sabotage emerge.
c). TAKE A RIDE - If you know what you are doing, an effective way to destroy a piece of heavy equipment is to take it for a ride. Drive a bulldozer off a cliff into "Lake" Powell. In 1989, someone drove a 38,000 pound, $70,000 log loader off a steep road in the Nantahala National Forest
d.) WRENCHES & SCREWDRIVERS - With these, remove all fittings, bolts, plugs, filters, large hoses, pumps, & such. After damaging or disposing of the extracted items, damage the threadings & sides of the various orifices. Then for good measure throw sand or dirt in all of them.
e.). TURKEY BASTER - use a common kitchen turkey baster to suck acid out of a battery & squirt it into the fuel system. Two squirts should do.

f.). ACID - Any acid corrosive to metal does much damage if left overnight or longer in the delicate parts of an engine. A couple of quarts or more poured into the carburetor would probably get through to the pistons & rings & would certainly mess up everything in between! Some of the advantages of acids are quietness, relatively instant damage, & easy availability. Some potential acids to use: Hydrochloric - available at chemical suppliers. Don't breathe the fumes; Muriatic - just half-strength hydrochloric acid, used in swimming pool water & as metal etch, rust remover, etc. Look for this at hardware stores, swimming pool suppliers, auto body & repair suppliers, etc; 4 Sulfuric - used in car batteries. Buy from chemical suppliers or auto parts stores. In a pinch, one might use a machine's own battery juice. Upon reaction with metal, the fumes of many acids are poisonous. Avoid breathing acid fumes. Wear rubber gloves & goggles.

g.). CROSS BOW - If heavy equipment or trucks are parked inside a fenced, locked compound, it is possible, from outside the fence, to shoot metal bolts (arrows) from cross bows into the radiators. For a bolt costing two bucks, several hundred dollars worth of damage can be done.

h.). RADIO CABLE PIN - Logging trucks, other vehicles & heavy equipment often are equipped with CB or other two-way radios. These are easily sabotaged with a simple straight pin (as used in sewing). Stick the pin through the Coax cable & snip off the exposed parts of the pin with wire cutters. The radio will short out when used, but the cause will not be apparent. Several radios may be replaced before the cable is checked. The Coax cable is a special round cable used for CBs. It has both an inner & an outer conductor. Both must be touched with the pin to short out the cable. This can be done by aiming the pin at the center of the cable.

FIELD NOTE - Use caution & appropriate gloves, eye & facial protection (safety glasses/goggles) when cutting hoses or tubing or removing filler caps or otherwise gaining entry to pressurized systems (cooling & hydraulic systems). Diesel engines run hot & there may be pressure in those systems several hours after the machine is shut off. Be aware that light reflected from safety glasses or goggles may be visible far away.

MAINTENANCE FACILITIES - If you can gain access to garages, fuel trucks, or maintenance yards, contaminate any fuel & oil you find. Add water to diesel & dirt & sand to oil. Put diesel into any lubricating oils you find. Remember that guards often hang around garages & maintenance yards.
Mines - Many mines are on a shaky financial footing, spiking roads to cause flat tires, plugging culverts to wash out newly bulldozed roads, & midnight maintenance on heavy equipment & trucks can cause crippling financial losses to a small or medium-sized operator, & sometimes cause a major company to abandon a project. The major asset many miners have is their bulldozer which they use with reckless abandon.

VI. 20 : TRUCKS & HEAVY EQUIPMENT

Often neglected by insurgents are the fleets of haul trucks used in earth moving, logging & construction operations. Frequently these trucks are parked in a more secure area than the other heavy equipment. Many truck hoods are made of lightweight fiberglass & are easily opened. Handles, & hood ornaments, are used to open hoods for access to the engine. (See FIGURE VI. 20.2) Look closely at a truck, as if simply curious, before attempting clandestine access. The engines in these trucks are the same or similar to the diesel power; plants found in heavy equipment, so the same principles of introducing abrasives apply here. They also have large numbers of tires waiting to be flattened. Tamper with the air hoses or electrical wires that connect truck & trailer only if you wish to cause injury & fear among truckers. These operate safety equipment, & careless drivers (the majority) who don't check their vehicles thoroughly before heading out in the morning can cause very serious accidents.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - Cut hoses with cable cutters or bolt cutters (a knife won't work because of steel reinforcements in the hoses). Smash brake system, hydraulic pistons & fittings with a sledge.
FUEL SYSTEM - Smash fuel injectors with a sledge & steel bar. These are expensive & very hard to remove when effectively smashed "in situ."

TIRES - Use a sharp knife blade (or hacksaw) to puncture the sidewalls of tires. A good sized cut is not reparable, & those large tires are expensive. If you use a folding pocket knife, it should have a good lock to prevent it from closing on your hand while you are slicing through the tough sides of a tire. Remember that a knife blade cut can be matched back to a blade as evidence. Don't use your favorite blade or a good quality knife you would hesitate to throw away if circumstances demanded proper disposal of evidence. You can use a chisel to start the break in the sidewall of a large tire, & then insert a knife. Be careful when puncturing high-pressure tires.

ABRASIVES FOR EQUIPMENT: Sandblasting aggregates have potential for equipment saboteurs. A product named "Black Beauty sells for about $6 per 100-lb. bag at industrial supply outlets. While not as hard as quartz, it should still wear metal quickly. It also flows easily, & may camouflage better in dirty oil because of its dark color. The OSS, during World War II created a clever device to destroy engines. It was called a "Caccolube," & consisted of a condom filled with abrasive powders & crushed walnuts. It was dropped into an engine crankcase. The OSS manual reported that the condom would deteriorate after the engine was started & after 30 or 50 miles the engine would be damaged beyond repair. Pouring sand into the oil reservoir of a big yellow machine can be a difficult endeavor, as you try to stuff grit into a one inch hole inside a cramped engine compartment. Spills lead to telltale signs of tampering, & tight spots lead general frustrations for the midnight mechanic. To remedy this try the sand bong. At a hardware store buy a large common household funnel & 2 feet of clear plastic tubing which will fit snugly over the end of the funnel Bring this contraption on site with you & stick the open end of the tube deep down inside the oil intake of the machine to be serviced. Hold the funnel high & outside the engine compartment; pour fine, dry sand or other grit into the funnel, down the hose, & deep into the oil. Clean the oil off the tubing with rag, stuff it all into a plastic bag, & put that into a day pack when you are finished & ready to leave. This method is simple, easy, & leaves no sand stains. The only problem is the incriminating evidence of carrying this plumbing with you.

High-pressure, water-filled tires on heavy equipment are dangerous & are better left alone. You can also cut valve stems, or even pull the valve stem out with a pair of pliers. Large tires on heavy equipment may have metal valve stems, which could be cut with bolt cutters. Or chop off the valve stems with hammer & chisel. (See the various suggestions for flattening tires in the Roads & Tires chapter.)

COOLING SYSTEM - Common table salt & drain-opening compounds like "Drano" will cause corrosion inside an engine. Introduce through the radiator cap. A small amount will not do, as these big engines have large coolant capacities. The engine must be cold before you remove the radiator cap. Dry rice can be added to a radiator as well. The small grains distribute throughout the system & when they swell with water, the system becomes thoroughly constipated. Or cut a #6 rebar with a chisel point & ram it into the usually accessible radiator. You can do this quickly & comparatively quietly, if you cover all but the six inches at the point of the rebar with rubber or hose to deaden the sound.

OTHER CONTAMINANTS - Each system of a machine requires different fluids to insure proper operation. The wrong viscosity of oil in the hydraulic system can cause serious damage. Diesel oil or gasoline added to lubricating oil will cause oxidation & loss of lubrication. Gasoline in excess of 90 octane will do serious engine damage if added to diesel fuel. Even simple overfilling of transmission fluid or engine oil can cause damage through lack of effective lubrication. A little anti-freeze/coolant (like you put in your car's radiator) will destroy main bearings in short order if put in the engine oil.

WATER - If sand is not handy, you can add water to either the oil or diesel fuel. One advantage of water is that it can be poured down the dipstick spout.
SUGAR - Sugar or Karo syrup in the fuel does little more than clog the filters & is a relatively worthless method of sabotage.

BOLT CUTTERS - Besides destroying the hydraulic system, a good pair of bolt cutters (at least 24" long) can be used to: Cut locks to gain access; Cut through or damage bolts, gauges, clamps, rods, linkages, pipes, hoses, hose fittings, grease fittings, wires, & anything else that can be fit between a bolt cutter's jaws. (Think of the machinery as food for hungry bolt cutters.) It is amazing how much can be cut on most machines. With the heavy jaws of the bolt cutters, smash windows, mirrors, headlights, taillights, reflectors, display panels, gauges, the front of the radiator,
To disable cars & trucks quickly & easily, press a large raw potato into the end of the exhaust pipe so that it forms a plug inside the pipe. Use a stick to force the plug in & out of sight. When the driver starts the motor, it will cough & quit. After about three days, the potato will shrink & be blown out if the vehicle is started. This technique has been used since World_ War II & can baffle even skilled mechanics.

VI. 21 : BURNING MACHINERY
There are two main advantages of burning machinery & heavy equipment: It can utterly destroy the bulldozer, yarder, or whatever. And, a machine that has its engine compartment, oil intake, & so on protected by locks can still be burned.
Disadvantages include:
1) It is difficult to achieve a hot enough & extensive enough fire. 2) A fire quickly attracts attention.
Fire is a tool. It can be your friend if you respect its power or your foe if you don't.
Nothing does the amount of damage that fire can. Be sure that you follow all security precautions. Tell no one & leave no evidence.
Diesel fuel, unlike gasoline, is not explosive. It is denser than gasoline & burns longer but not as hot. It is much safer to use but much more difficult to ignite-especially in cold weather. It sometimes will not even ignite when a match is held to it. A Molotov cocktail can be used to ignite diesel, but a safer way would be to simply use a rag soaked in solvent, or denatured alcohol, which readily burns but is not explosive. (Rubbing alcohol does not readily burn.)

Preparing A Machine For Burning

To keep the diesel fuel from running off the bulldozer or other object to be burned, soak rags (cotton are better than synthetics) in diesel fuel. Other absorbent materials-like sawdust or straw-can also be used. Stuff the soaked rags in the engine if it is accessible, under exposed wiring, hoses, & gauges, in treads or around tires, & in the cab under the dash. As little as 2 gallons of diesel may be enough if used in this way. Place the rag soaked in solvent alcohol on the diesel-soaked rags & light it.
Getting Diesel Fuel
An ideal place to get diesel fuel is right out of the machine you are about to burn. Use a short piece of hose to siphon fuel onto the machine, into a container, or onto nearby machines. Soak everything well. If there is a tank of diesel on site (there often is), cut the padlock off with a large set of bolt cutters, & use a 12 inch crescent wrench (if necessary) to open the valve clockwise. Be careful as the fuel may be under pressure & could spray out of the valve. You can also bring your own diesel fuel (or kerosene which has similar burning properties) in plastic jugs (don't fill them all the way or they may leak). Put the empty jugs where they will burn along with everything else. Or you can take the drain plug out of the fuel tank on the machine to be burned, drain the tank under the machine, & light it. DO THIS ONLY WITH DIESEL FUEL WHICH IS NON-EXPLOSIVE & NOT WITH GASOLINE (OR DILLUTE GAOLINE WITH DIESEL).

Security
If you get diesel fuel on you, you will smell like diesel for a long time. This could be incriminating. Wear an old pair of coveralls (from Goodwill) which you can safely dispose of after the action. Don't use rags from your home because they might be traceable. Thrift stores are a good source.
Equipment & preparation: First you need gallon plastic milk jugs with screw on lids. One gallon purified water jugs work well also. Check local recycling stations for milk jugs, or buy water jugs if it's easier. You will need to rinse out the jugs & let them dry. Make sure you wash off any finger prints. Purchase kerosene from a busy gas station (out of town if possible) using an approved gasoline container. Fill the jugs almost all the way, but leave an inch or so of space for fumes to gather at the top so your jugs don't leak. You will also need one spare, fuel filled jug for every four incendiaries. You need one thick rectangular household sponge for each incendiary you will be using. Set them on their sides & punch two deep holes in each for the igniters. For a dependable ignition delay, take a stick of incense & attach wooden matches to it near the stick end. Tie them on tight with string or use a few rubber bands. Make 2 for each incendiary plus a few extra. The time delay can be anywhere from 15-45 minutes & will vary according to many circumstances including the temperature & wind. Make sure you test one before so you know approximately how long it will take before the matches ignite.

Construction & ignition: The incendiary devices are transported in 3 separate pieces: the jugs, the sponges, & the timed igniters. One gallon milk jugs are perfect because they can easily be carried using their handles & they also hold a lot of fuel. Place an incendiary jug in the location you want it to burn & stuff a sponge through the handle of the plastic jug. Douse the area with kerosene from one of the extra jugs making sure to saturate the sponge. Light the timed igniters a safe distance from any fuel or incendiaries & then stick 2 incense timers into the pre-punched holes in the fuel soaked sponge one on either side of the handle. When the incense burns down to the match heads, it will ignite them & they will in turn ignite the sponge which will melt the jug & finally ignite the fuel. Sound Complicated? It really isn't. A very simple way to torch a car is just to spread a sheet over it & then pour flammable liquid on the sheet. Ignite it with a fireplace lighter or long stick so you don't catch yourself on fire. This should only be used when you need to hit & run. Get away quick!

TIPS: An important thing to check is that the heads of the matches on the incense delays are very close to the fuel soaked sponge. If you have too much of a gap the flame from the matches will not light the sponge & all your work will have been for nothing. If you need to, the incense igniters can be skipped & the sponges can be lit directly. Bring a few extra lighters in case one malfunctions.

Burning a large metallic object requires dousing it with a flammable fluid. Gasoline is explosive & dangerous to work with. Using gasoline to start a fire risks self-immolation. Gasoline drips off surfaces & won't stay where it is poured. Mixed with soap flakes (Ivory Snow, not a detergent) gasoline turns into jellied gasoline. The classic method uses jellied gasoline in a Molotov cocktail, flakes with a denatured alcohol-soaked rag stuffed in the mouth of the bottle. The end of the rag outside of the bottle is lit & the Molotov is immediately thrown against the target from as far away as possible. The bottle shatters upon impact & the gasoline ignites & relatively little damage may be done. If the targeted machine is previously soaked in diesel fuel or, more dangerously, jellied gasoline, complete destruction is far more likely. A Molotov cocktail is a potent, dangerous & fun tool. Recycle those old bottles!

Delayed Ignition
There are a number of simple ways to light a fire after you are safely away from the scene. Experiment with any delayed ignition technique several times before using it to burn a machine or other target. One such method is the use of SCORE hair dressing & swimming pool cleaner. A similar delayed ignition method is to pour brake fluid over swimming pool cleaner. After several minutes (perhaps as many as 15) the mix should burst into flames. Experimentation is necessary to determine the proper quantities of each for the optimum delay. One mix has been field tested: Put 3 tsp. of dry chlorinator in a paper cup & cover it with 2 tsp. of brake fluid. The delay time is about one & a half minutes. If you cool the brake fluid first, there will be a greater delay in ignition. Using warm brake fluid causes less delay. Brake fluid is cheaper than SCORE.
HTH swimming pool cleaner will spontaneously combust with regular everyday oil. Try putting it into the oil fill cap of an engine sometime. The oxidation will destroy the lubrication integrity of the oil. HTH pool chlorine is nasty stuff & can cause severe chlorine burns in the lungs if inhaled. Working with it at night or under stressful conditions could be disastrous.
3. A simple effective time fuse can be made with a cigarette, a book of matches, & a rubber band. Spread the heads of the 2 lines of matches apart, light the cigarette, put it between the lines of match heads, close the match book, & put the rubber band around it to hold it shut. The time delay can be adjusted up to 7 minutes by how much of the cigarette has to burn before it lights the matches. In case this time fuse fails, you don't want your fingerprints on the book of matches. Get your book matches from a hotel, bar, or restaurant where a basket of match books with advertising is displayed. Pick up several books at once, touching only the two on the end of the stack. In this way only the end books have your prints.
4. Another delayed-ignition method is to use a gag candle for birthday cakes-one that can't be blown out once it is lit. Make a hole in a ping-pong ball the diameter of the candle. Put the candle in the hole so that most of it is above the surface of the ping-pong ball. Place the device where ignition is wanted. Light the candle. When the candle burns down to it, the ping-pong ball, being highly flammable, is supposed to burn fiercely.
5. A more dependable & longer-lasting delayed fuse than SCORE can be made as follows: Empty the powder out of four or five shotgun shells into a small paper matchbox. Cut a notch vertically in the middle of one end of the box, big enough to hold a cigarette. In the other end, cut a larger notch. Now soak a long strip of rag in diesel or kerosene (or in solvent alcohol). It should be soaked lightly so that it will not drench the gunpowder. At the work site, place one end of the rag through the larger notch & into the gunpowder at that end of the box. Then lay the rag out over to the object to be burned. In the smaller notch at the other end of the box, place a burning, long, unfiltered cigarette so that the non-burning end just barely pokes through the notch into the gunpowder. You now have a good 8 to 15 minutes to vacate the area, the exact time depending on the kind & length of cigarette, wind, & humidity.

VI. 22 : Attacks on Shopping Malls, Department Stores & Buildings:
Dingles department store (London) Christmas 1988. Sprinkler systems malfunction (sabotage) resulted in millions in water damage.

Mini Timed Incendiary Devices.
These devices are designed to switch on a large store's sprinkler system. You can see the sprinklers on the ceiling which are triggered off by fire & smoke. It is safe for a fire to be started in the store. The sprinklers put the fire out & the water floods the store & causes extensive water damage. We don't break into the store in the middle of the night, we place an incendiary device in the store during shopping hours, under something inflammable. A device is placed under an armchair or a sofa on the top floor, the result of which is that all the floors underneath are flooded. If stores start checking under their sofas after closing, place them out of sight under anything that is combustible & not always on the top floor. The devices we put in stores are quite different from those we use to destroy vehicles. The one for the stores has a 12 hour timing device.
(See the Diagram VI. 22.3)

For a stores' device use an empty cigarette pack (box-type or a bit larger) with holes punched in both sides for ventilation. The inside is painted with nail polish. Then take a piece of thin card cut to fit inside the cigarette box & punch holes in it & coat it with nail polish. Super glue the battery to the card along with pieces of firelighter covered in nail polish (to seal in the fumes). Take a 21 w bulb (a car reversing light). The glass of the bulb is broken by heating with a lighter & then placing in cold water (careful not to damage the filament). Then solder one of the wires from an ordinary battery snap (the type used in calculators & small radios etc.) to the end of the bulb nipple. A spare piece of similar wire is soldered to the side of the bulb (the side of the bulb is also a contact). Soldering is as easy as changing a fuse in a plug. A small soldering iron is switched on, the wire is placed against the nipple & the iron is then placed so it touches the end of the wire & heats it & the nipple. The solder is pressed against the soldering iron & allowed to melt & run down the side of the nipple. The iron & solder are removed but the wire must be held in place covered in solder until it hardens. The same procedure is followed when soldering the spare wire to the side of the bulb. Onto the 2 ends of wire from the battery snap & bulb, solder some single strand fine wire that is stiff enough to be formed into a bridge shape & then bend the other wire upright. Cut a piece of bin liner (thin paper bag) to the same size as one of the pieces of firelighter. The slip of bin liner is then coated on both sides with nail varnish & placed on top of a piece of firelighter so it sticks to it. Super glue the bulb to an adjoining piece of firelighter so the filament is touching the slip of varnish covered bin liner. More varnish is painted on the bin liner around the filament & the heads of the strike anywhere matches (not safety matches). Pieces of match head are cut off with a razor blade & placed in the wet varnish on the bin liner so they are also touching the filament.

Take the watch, remove the crystal (glass or plastic lens) & super glue the 2 pieces of the formed wire, the bridge & the upright, so that the bridge is between the figures 1 & 3 on the watch. The upright is glued so that it is slightly closer to the centre of the watch in the middle of the bridge but not quite touching it. The height of the bridge is determined by the length of the minute & second hands on the watch, the device works when the hour hand pushes the upright against the bridge & completes the circuit, so the minute & second hands have to be bent out of the way so that as they go round & round they don't push the upright against the bridge.
By careful use of a pair of tweezers, bend the second & minute hands first upright & then out so that the ends of the second & minute hand pass over the bridge & upright (or try to cut them off carefully with wire cutters). The hour hand is pointed to 3 o'clock (so that it is past the bridge & upright) then the watch is wound up & superglued to the card. Everything used in the device is kept free of fingerprints. Gloves must be worn during the entire construction process. After all the soldering is done you should file all traces of solder from the tip of soldering iron. When finished dispose of any excess glue, cardboard, wire, nail polish, solder, glass in a garbage other than your own. The snap is not connected to the battery until we get to the store & visit the toilet. Even if it were to fall over & set the device off it only produces a small flame for 10 - 15 seconds which wouldn't do any harm - but it would look odd disposing of a cigarette box with a flame coming out of the punched holes in the side. The devices are placed in the stores between 3pm & closing as they have about 9 or 10 hours & ignite after midnight. Specific care must be taken regarding in-store undercover security guards & security cameras (both on the lookout for shoplifters). Holiday seasons when the shops are fullest is an ideal time for placement of devices. One problem of this simple set up is that some watches' hour hands are unable to push the upright against the bridge. To cover for this 2 or 3 devices are planted in the store. A successful alternative is to use a small travelers alarm clock, dispense with the cigarette box & make a larger box from card & glue to take the small clock. Always test your devices before hand.

Electronically Timed
Incendiary Igniter.

This timing device is constructed from an ordinary plug in the wall type alarm clock that has a 9 volt battery backup.
Tools required: Soldering Iron; Drill & drill bits; Wire cutters; Volt meter; Philips screw driver;
Materials per device:
(1) electric alarm clock with 9 volt battery backup
(1) 12 volt REED relay (radio shack part # 275233)
(1 small spool) solder
(1 small spool) insulated wire between 18 & 24 gauge
(1) 12 volt LED with integrated resistor
(1) 1156 tail light bulb (12volt)
(1) diode
(1) 9 volt battery
(1) 9 volt battery plug connector (optional)
(1) sheet fine sand paper
(1 tube) super glue

Construction: 1. With the clock unplugged, remove any obvious serial #s. Use the screw driver to remove the 3 or 4 screws holding the clock together. Gently separate the 2 halves. In one half there will be a metal disk about the size of a 25 cent piece with 2 wires going to it. This is the speaker. Cut both wires & strip the ends.
2. Plug the clock in, set the alarm for one minute & attach the 9 volt battery. Now unplug the clock. The display will turn off & the alarm will revert to battery power. Using the volt meter check which of the two leads STARTS with NO POWER & then suddenly registers power. This is a trigger wire for the relay. After unplugging the battery, cut the other wire to get it out of the way.
CAUTION :Some of the clocks tested had one lead that always had power.
3. The relay has 4 posts -- 3 on one side & one on the other. It may be necessary to carefully bend some of the posts to make soldering easier. Solder a diode from the solitary post to the post that the trigger will be connected to. The stripped end should be connected to the same post that the trigger wire is connected to. Using the sand paper remove lot # from diode. Solder a 10 inch wire to the solitary post. This will eventually lead to the tail light.
4. Solder a 3 inch lead to the positive end of the LED (usually the longer of the 2 posts, check the package). It may be necessary to carefully bend the posts. Then attach the lead to the solitary post on the relay. Solder another 3 inch lead to the negative side of the LED & attach this wire to the post opposite the one the diode is attached to.
Note the orientation of the diode in the diagram. Diodes conduct electricity in one direction ONLY. This is also true of the LED (light emitting diode).
5. Cut the wires to the 9 volt battery plug close to the plug & strip the ends. Attach the black wire to the post opposite the diode & the red wire to the middle post (opposite the solitary post).
6. Solder an 11 inch wire to the post opposite the diode. This will eventually lead to the tail light.
7. Either lengthen the clipped wires on the 9 volt plug to 4 inches or replace it (easier). The black wire should be attached to the post opposite the diode. The red wire should be attached to the center post opposite the solitary post.
8. Finally, attach the trigger wire from the clock to the post opposite all the ground (black) wires. Push the 9 volt plug back through its hole.
9. On the clock, drill one hole large enough for the LED to peek through. Drill 6 more holes only slightly bigger than the wire going to the tail light.
10. Super glue (gently the welds are fragile) the relay inside the clock. There is usually space somewhere in there. Super glue the LED into its hole.
11. Weave the first wire through the three holes passing up through the first hole down through the second & back out through the third. This will insure that if the wire is pulled it will not break the fragile welds. Repeat for second wire. After glue has dried, reassemble the clock. Testing : Set alarm & see if volt meter registers. When alarm triggers the relay the relay will LOCK OPEN sending current to the voltmeter. To deactivate you must remove the battery. Note that LED should have lit up when circuit was triggered. In the field, if LED is lit, DO NOT ATTACH TAIL LIGHT - THIS WILL CAUSE IMMEDIATE IGNITION. Test using actual bulb setup under same time & temperature conditions. Clocks varied greatly with respect to the amount of current drawn. As temperature drops, so does battery life.

Time Delayed Incendiary Devices

This is another simple electrically timed incendiary device for use in both buildings & vehicles. All you need is a mechanical kitchen timer, a brand new 9v battery (w/cap), an automobile backup light bulb, some thin electrical wire, some strike anywhere matches & a soldering iron First you break off glass on the bulb so as to expose the filament, being careful not to break it. Heating the glass with a lighter & then touching it to cold water usually does the trick. (Instead of a light bulb you may want to use a model rocket engine igniter.)Now with your soldering iron, attach one wire from the battery cap to the tip of the bulb, & then solder a 6-8 inch length of wire to the metal side of the bulb's base. (When the other tip of this wire is connected to the second wire from the battery cap/battery, the circuit will be complete & the matches will ignite ... that's the general idea.). Take the kitchen timer & glue a toothpick or match stick to the rotating pointer, in effect extending the circumference of the rotation. Glue the two loose ends of the wire to the non-moving section of the timer at the 12 - o'clock position, so that the toothpick on the pointer will connect the two wires when it winds down to zero. (Make sure not to connect the battery until you are about to set the timer). Now you can set your timer for up to an hour & leave. You will need a little more to make your fire go. Suggestions include attaching match heads to the igniter & putting it in a pile of fire-starter gel, next to a plastic bag of starter fluid in the middle of a pile of charcoal, or in a small packet containing a mixture of half sodium chlorate (weed killer) or potassium nitrate (saltpeter) & half white granulated sugar. You can help along your fire by placing your device on top of or beside a plastic container of any flammable liquid (kerosene/gasoline/etc.).

New Ideas: Could also use a larger fire starter inside a generic looking box (Kleenex or condoms or a baby bottle).

VI. 23 : HOW TO SINK SHIPS - http://animalliberation.net/library/scuttle.html

Insertion - The critical factor in sinking a ship is being able to sneak aboard it undetected. If you can do that, you can bring the ship down. The actual mechanics of sinking the ship are not nearly as difficult as locating the ship & boarding it undetected. All ships come to dock for repairs & preparation for the next season. This is when you can sneak aboard the ship for scuttling. There will be times when no one is on board the ship. Do not try to scuttle a ship when someone is aboard it. They will detect you. Typically, nights & holidays are the best times to secretly board a ship. The ships may be moored next to the dock, or anchored out at harbor. You may need a collapsible kayak to get at it. Or you may have to borrow/steal a rowboat. Determining when no one is aboard may require much observation. in some cases when we have found the boat, we have determined immediately that no one was aboard (for example, no tracks in the snow on or around the ship). We have then gone in & sunk the ship on the spot. Each situation is different. With increased observation, you run the risk of being observed yourself & blowing your cover. If they become suspicious of you, you will not be able to sink the ship. Surprise is everything. At a certain point, you must decide whether the action is feasible or not. If you think it is, then go for it.

14 Steps To Sink a Ship.
Step 1. Board The Ship Undetected & then hide yourself & your tools.
Wear rubber gloves at all times & do not take them off. You can hide in the stairwells, in the middle of the gear stacked on deck, or wherever. You could carry a tarp & hide under it. Then wait. For 10 or 15 minutes, do not move. If someone has seen you board the ship, this will give them the time to come searching for you, & you will find out if you have been seen or not. If they are going to catch you, it is much better that they do so while you are just trespassing, rather than sabotaging. The penalties are not nearly so severe. You should have a half-bottle of hard liquor with you. Take a swig or two so that you have booze on your breath. If they catch you, try to pass yourself off as just another drunk sailor in port. In many port towns, these are common. If you ink you are about to be caught, try to dump your tool bag in to the water. If they find both you & the bag, your tool bag will be very incriminating.
Step 2. Get Into The Engine Room
- You may have to cut or pick locks, use pry bars, or even use a cutting torch to get in. Often, though, the doors are wide open. Typically, the entrance to the engine room is near the stem, at the bottom of the ship. Its door may be locked, but you can open its lock in privacy. The engine room is an oily, toxic-waste filled area. You will probably get dirty with the rust & oil in this room.
Step 3. Find The Sea Water Intake Valve
- Large ocean-going ships have salt water intake valves and piping. These ships need salt water for deck cleansing, fire fighting, and for cooling their diesel engines. There are no air-cooled diesel engines out at sea. Usually, the coolant radiator from the diesel engine is bathed in a steady stream of cool sea water. The best way to find the sea water intake valve is to follow the piping. Ocean-going ships typically have 5 different types of plumbing - for fresh water, salt water, fuel oil, engine oil, and hydraulic fluid. The salt water pipes are generally the thickest. The sea water intake valve is almost always located in the engine room. Keep following the pipes to the thickest one that appears to be attached to the side of the bottom of the ship. Here is where the sea water enters the ship. Ships with keel-cooling systems are exceptions. Keel-cooling ships pump their engine coolant directly into cooling pipes attached to the keel (outside) of the ship. They do not use internal heat exchange with salt water. These ships typically stay in colder waters. Norwegian whalers use keel-cooling systems. They still need sea water for deck cleaning and fire fighting, however, so they do have salt water intake systems. Their sea water intakes are not as large, but they are plenty big for scuttling. The Norwegian pirate whaling ship, the Nybrena, which sank on December 27, 1992, had a keel-cooling system.
Step 4. Close The Sea Water Intake Valve
- You need to close this so that you can cut off the pressure to the piping. If the ship is in dock for any amount of time, they should have closed the valve already. But we have boarded ships and found the valve left open. We have had to shut the valve, do our work, and then reopen the valve to sink the ship.
Step 5. Remove The Handle From The Valve –
We take the handle off so that if they find the ship in the process of sinking, they cannot easily shut off the valve. The valve handle may look either like a steering wheel or a lever type handle. Remove the retaining nut holding the handle on, then pull the handle off. Hide the handle somewhere away from the valve stem. That leaves just the valve stem protruding outward from the valve.
Step 6. Disconnect The Piping Coming Out Of The Valve
- Now that you have closed the valve, you have removed the water pressure from the system and you can work more easily. Use your pipe wrench, crescent wrench, and vise grips to remove the pipe or plating near the intake valve. The larger the pipe you remove, the better. You will have to improvise here. Study the pipe and find one that you can take off. Be prepared for spraying water when you are taking the bolts off. This is water already in the system which you are now bleeding out. It will stop draining shortly. Do not just loosen the pipe. Take all the bolts off and remove it. Carry the pipe away from where you disconnected it.
Step 7. Gather All Your Tools And Put Them Back In Your Bag
- Gather everything that you brought aboard. Everything. You want to be ready to make a quick exit.
Step 8. Open The Salt Water Intake Valve With Your Pipe Wrench
- This is the moment you have been waiting for. Put your pipe wrench on the valve stem and open the valve. Salt water should begin spraying all over the place. Keep turning the valve stem until the valve is wide open. (The ship has now hit the fan!) Then lean on the pipe wrench and push it as hard as you can. Try to break the valve while it is locked wide open, so that no one will be able to close it before the boat sinks.
Step 9. Bash The Valve Stem With The Pipe Wrench
Hit it hard with the pipe wrench to try to bend it out of true and further lock the valve wide open. While you are doing this, the engine room will be flooding all around you. Stay calm and just do it.
Step 10. Take Everything You Brought With You Out Of The Engine Room ; Leave no material evidence.
Step 11. Tear Gas The Engine Room - If you have a tear gas canister, just before you step out of the engine room door, open the canister and set it up high someplace. Do not throw the tear gas into the incoming sea water - it will considerably reduce its effectiveness. Just trigger the canister and set it near the door. Needless to say, you should shut your eyes and hold your breath while you do this. Or put on a gas mask. Then quickly shut the engine room door.
Step 12. Put A Heavy-Duty, Long-Handled Lock On Both The Engine Room And The Main Entrance Doors
If they discover their ship is sinking, they will try to board and pump it out. We use the locks and tear gas to buy time. When a ship gets full enough of water, it hits a critical mass and cannot be rescued. The tear gas and locks help get to this point.
Locks must have a long locking loop on them. These doors are made of thick metal and the locking arm of the lock will have to travel through thick metal before it can catch.
Step 13. Ditch The Tools Overboard - Ease them into the water with a rope on the bag. Do not throw them in; someone could hear the splash of a thirty-kilo bag hitting the water.
Step 14. Get The Hell Out! - You have two basic choices: Either go underground at a safe house, or immediately leave the country. Our experience is that it is best to leave. It may take them twelve hours to figure out that someone has sabotaged them. By then, you can be long gone. As soon as you are safely away from the ship, take off and dispose of everything that you have worn onto the ship, including your shoes. Remember that your rubber gloves will have a perfect set of fingerprints inside. If possible, melt them; otherwise, dispose of them securely. Then wash yourself. Remove all of the diesel fuel and salt water. Put on clean clothes. Look like a tourist or businessperson.

SECTION V. WEAPONS
V.1 : HOMEMADE & SIMPLE WEAPONS & DEVICES
Homemade Mortars - boiling ball (9-11 pound?) with 3 ounces of (coarse) blackpowder, 8.5 inch bore (heavy gauge steel). The charge chamber is placed in the middle (bottom) of pipe - like a circle inside of a circle - with some kind of fuse hole drilled (chambered). Shoots ball 600 yards at 500-600 fps at about a 45 degree angle - they rested it on a chair to shoot it. - ww.docsmachine.com/nonPB/mortar
The FARC Guerrillas in Colombia copied a homemade mortar design adapted from the IRA Barraks Buster. Details are rare on either design, but it is claimed that three foot by 6 inch gas cylinders are shot out of steel tubes using explosives as the propellant. The gas cylinders are filled with explosives and shrapnel. Accuracy is poor though they have been used effectively.
VALVE CORE EXTRACTOR - inexpensive tool known as a "valve core extractor" provides an alternative method for flattening tires. Remove the cap from the valve stem, insert tool into the stem, twist until you feel the tool engage the valve core. Screw (counterclockwise) the valve core & throw it in the bushes. Done to all the tires on a vehicle this would immobilize it, without permanently damaging the tires.
EYES OF NIGHT Flashlights - Military studies show that blue filters are better than red to illuminate without destroying night vision & they cannot be seen at distance as well as red light (though a red filter can make the brown contour lines on a topographic map invisible). Each member of the team should carry two flashlights-one medium & one small. A flashlight with a plug-in headlamp attachment may be useful when you need both hands for work. With this type of headlamp, the battery case can be kept in an inside pocket, warmed by body heat, for longer battery life. This can be important for cold weather operations.

V.2 : OPTICS, VISUAL AIDS & NIGHT VISION
Standard Optics - Binoculars & spotting scopes can help at night, especially for observing a well-lit area. At least a 50 mm objective lens (the lens closest to the object you re viewing) is needed for optimal light gathering qualities. Some of the better -military surplus houses sell special binoculars designed for night use. On moonlit nights in open country, deserts, & in snow, binoculars are quite effective. Remember, bright moonlight can reflect off binocular lenses & promise your position. Such reflections are very visible through "starlight" terns.
Infrared Spotting Scope – This device dates back to World War II. It consists of a battery-powered light that emits infrared light (invisible to the unaided eye), &, mounted below, an image converter tube that allows the user to see what the spotlight is illuminating.
Starlight Scope - Vietnam-era development uses a battery powered scope to amplify the light from moon, stars & ambient city light. The first generation units lack an anti-blooming feature to shut the unit down if light levels suddenly get high enough to damage the costly image intensification tube. A starlight scope can be used beyond the range of infrared. The device is "passive" & does not rely on projecting a beam at an area or object to be observed. With a starlight scope you can detect the presence of an infrared device, since the scope converts invisible infrared light to visible light. Conversely, neither can another starlight scope detect a starlight scope.
NIGHT MOVES: Night Vision Technology
Seeing in the dark was once the province of owls & other night creatures, but with improved technology, Soldiers are masters of the night. Until recently, night fighting was done at great risk & not just because of things that go bump in the night. Magnesium parachute flares were the only light available (other than the moon & stars). Magnesium flares provided light but gave away your position & intentions. This isn't an issue in a defensive situation (if you are under attack, the enemy obviously knows where you are), it is a limiting factor in conducting offensive operations.
To get around this limitation night vision equipment was developed to allow the detection of a person standing over 200 yards (183 m) away on a pitch-black night. Owls would be jealous of that sensitivity.

NVDs are electrically powered image enhancing devices which use an image enhancing tube to convert a low light photo-image into an electronic one, & then back into an enhanced photo-electric image. The low-light image (made up of reflected visible & near infrared photons) is first captured by the objective lens & then focused into the image intensifier tube. On the objective side of the tube is a photo cathode that converts the photons striking it into electrons. These electrons, accelerated & multiplied by an energized anode inside the tube, move down the tube until they strike a phosphor screen at the far end of the tube. The phosphors, once energized by the electron's electrical charge, emit green photons that are passed through the ocular lens at the rear of the tube, which is used by the device operator to magnify & focus the image.
First to Fourth Generation - NVDs are categorized based on their relative image quality. Generation 0 NVDs saw service in the WWII & Korea. These devices depended on an external IR illuminator to provide sufficient light (though the reflected photons were invisible). Known as active IR devices, the Gen 0 NVDs had drawbacks. The use of the cathode-anode system to accelerate the electrons not only distorted the converted image, it shortened the life of the imaging tube. Second & most important, the use of an active IR spotlight enabled enemy forces similarly equipped with NVDs, to see the IR light & take action -- a classic case of "peek-a-boo, I see you."
First generation NVD were known as passive IR devices in that they were capable of functioning without an active IR illuminator. Known as starlight scopes, they used the ambient light provided by the moon & stars to function. Individuals using the Gen 1 devices would not give away their position (because they did not need to turn on the IR spotlight) it also meant the devices were less effective in extremely low light conditions. In addition, the Gen 1 devices used the same image intensifying system (cathode-anode) that the Gen 0 systems did, so poor image quality & tube burnout were problems.
Second Generation devices are distinguished from earlier devices by improved enhanced image clarity, thanks to the insertion of a microchannel plate (MCP) in the electron path. The function of the MCP is to accelerate, amplify, & multiply the electrons passing through it. The MCP is a glass disk with millions of holes in it. The MCP is housed within a vacuum & has electrodes on either side to accelerate the electrons passing through it. Electrons entering the MCP are accelerated by a jolt of electricity (5,000v) & as they move down the channel they collide with the channel walls (the channels are offset by 5-8 degrees for this reason), which causes the release of additional electrons (known as cascaded secondary emissions.) Since the number of electrons has been increased, rather than just accelerated, the resulting image is brighter & clearer. Electron multiplication allows the Gen 2 NVDs to function effectively in almost totally lightless conditions.
Third generation NVD are an improved version of the Gen 2. The converted image is sharper because the electron cathode is now made from gallium arsenide, which is effective at converting photons to electrons. The tube life of the Gen 3 models was extended by using an ion barrier on the MCP that reduces the number of electrons that pass down the tube.
Fourth generation NVD are referred to as filmless & gated devices that provide increased performance in high & low light conditions. The removal of the ion barrier film increases the number of electrons that reach the amplification stage, reducing the level of background "noise" (spurious signals created by the barrier) & also image distortion, while improving brightness. The power supply to the photo-cathode is gated for variable output. Reducing the power output allows the NVDs to be used in high ambient light conditions (high photon saturation levels) where photon amplification is not needed. Furthermore, the power regulator functions instantaneously, which enables the wearer to transition from low light to high light, & back to low light, without experiencing a degradation in performance or damage to the image intensifier tube.
Cutting Edge of Illumination: AN/PVS-7 Night Vision Goggles. AN/PVS-7 Specifcations:
Magnification: 1X; Resolution: 64 LP (min.); Field of View: 40 degrees; Diopter: +2-6
Weight: 1.8 lbs; Size: 6"x3"x6"; Battery: 2 AA; Battery Life: 40 hours:

While significant advances have been made in NVD technology, one constant limitation has been their dependence on ambient light. Over the years both white light & infrared spot lights have been used to augment passive NVDs (to increase their range & improve target acquisition & classification). Unfortunately, these light sources have been essentially incandescent lights with IR filters. The drawback to this arrangement is that the light source creates an enormous heat signature, which is not only visible in passive IR devices, but thermal devices as well.
Help has arrived with recent developments in laser diode illumination (LDI). Using a monochromatic emitter (laser light), an LDI can provide passive NVD illumination without the telltale thermal signature (since the laser light is created by a monochromatic (single wavelength) emitter, there is no "bleed over" by the laser into the visible & infrared spectrums). LDIs are shrouded (to prevent observation of the light source), & gated to allow for modification of the beam from narrow (for use as a spotlight) to wide (illuminating up to 10-15 square acres) uses. Another advantage of the LDI is efficient energy usage - for example, the Air Force's LX-5 illuminator uses 230 watts of power at 28 volts, compared to the 1100 watts of power needed for its predecessor. & with an average diode life of 20,000 hours (roughly 4.5 years if used only at night), it won't go badquickly. LDIs have been used in facility security operations (the laser illuminator is significantly more efficient at illuminating an area than standard white light, & is fully compatible with existing passive IR security cameras), & open water search & rescue operations (the USCG is currently using a modified form of the LX-5, dubbed the CG-30.) Another distinct advantage to the LDI is that their output can be tailored to a specific wavelength. This allows the emitter to project a beam that is outside the collection window for some NVDs, which would render the illuminating beam invisible to the NVDs.
Size is still a critical issue with NVD. Though night vision devices have gotten smaller over the years, they are still cumbersome & fatiguing to wear for long periods of time. In addition, the field of view through the intensifier tube is still relatively narrow (40 percent of a person's normal field of view), & creates a sense of tunnel vision for the wearer (to overcome this, some NVDs are manufactured as a monocular scope only, which allows for one eye to see the enhanced image while the other eye remains un occluded for peripheral vision.) The goal is to provide an enhanced image with the same degree of depth perception, clarity, & field of view as normal daylight sight. In the meantime, the ability to pick up your enemies in pitch-black night isn't a bad situation to be in -- just ask the owls.
V. 3 : Miscellaneous weapons:
a.) Break the gas lines in a building that you are about to burn first or only break the gas lines and leave timed ignitors.
b.) Pump propane or natural gas into large metal power pylons and ignite them – they might even fly!. c.) Mortars as anti-aircraft flack devices sending exploding scrapnel up 2 to 4000 feet.
d.) Rent a room in a hotel or apartment building. Go in and seal it and turn on the gas (or bring gas along), leave timer and flee. Call cops so they arrive there or at a nearby apartment a few minutes before the explosion.
e.) Chainsaws for electric power poles, telephone poles and even to cut down trees – to make downtown uglier or a college campus clear cut!
f.) More on disguises: wigs, hairdos, beards and strange – or religious stuff – veils for women or men.
g.) Places that police and military officers hang out at, shop, eat, live and their families.
h.) Viterra Gelscape is a granular, organic, super-absorbent, hydrogel designed to increase the water-holding capacity, drainage, & aeration of soils. Since this stuff will turn water to Jell-O within minutes (& will repeat the same performance up to 100 times after drying out again), it is useful where quick, unexpected plugs, are needed. It is not permanent & could eventually be flushed from a system. However, in interrupting water flow where related damage might ensue, or in plugging fine nozzles such as in irrigation or snow-making equipment (possibly in hydroelectric turbines as well, with enough quantity) results could be gratifying. In a truck radiator, it would let things heat up enough so serious damage (heads warping, gaskets blowing, valves cracking) occurs. The following procedure might work: 1) Package the Gelscape in water-soluble capsules, such as gelatin dietsupplements are sold in. 2) Fit into a hose leading to the engine block (either from the radiator or the heater). With good timing the gelscape will be in the block when it hydrates. (If it's simply put in the radiator, the core can be replaced-troublesome, time.. consuming, but not very expensive.) Gelscape costs about $108 for 15 pounds. One ounce will make a cup of water chewable. Figure about one pound per gallon of water for a rubbery consistency. You can also flush your time capsules down toilets, sinks, in sump pumps & wells., Troublesome & non-toxic.
i.) SLEEP TIGHT: Serving as a scout in a place like Iraq or Afghanistan can be brutal: blazing hot during the day, freezing at night. If the bad guys have some thermal or infrared sensors -- you stick out like a transvestite at the Republican National Convention. The folks at the Army's Natick Soldier Systems Center have put together the Small Unit Solar Shade -- a 4 man, camouflaged tent that reduces both near-infrared & thermal signature while providing protection from temperature extremes that occur during day & night operations. Scouts, special forces, & laser targeting teams, mostly work at dawn & dusk but not typically during the day to avoid detection. This break-through in concealment technology will enable teams to operate around the clock providing Battalion Commanders with a significant increase in reconnaissance information.
j.) TOOLS - For cutting chainlink fence, small (14") bolt cutters work well or try a good 8" wire cutter with compound-action. Most wire cutters will cut chicken wire & hardware cloth, but they are slow. If doing much of this type of cutting, tin snips or compound leverage ears are faster. If your project involves removing bolts, you may want to measure the head of the bolts earlier. Adjustable wrenches work for most jobs, but other sized wrenches, hacksaws & tools are often usefull. Measure the distance of parallel sides of the bolt head or nut. Are they standard or metric markings on the bolt heads. What do they mean? If the bolt is heat-treated or case-hardened, they may require special hacksaw blades. Are the bolt heads or hex (6 sided)? Are they standard type or will specialized tools be required to remove them! Notice the placement of the bolts & nuts. Can you reach them with crescent, end, or box wrenches, or will it be necessary to bring socket wrenches & extensions? Place a few drops of Liquid Wrench or Penetrating Oil on the nuts & bolts during your reckon so they can be more easily removed later, but wipe off the drips & use a product with a minimal odor so you don't tip off workers or security guards. Be careful during recon not to be seen; later on your work night, if anything seems abnormal, figure you were seen. Cancel the job & slip away.
Based on your recon use crescent, end, box, or adjustable wrenches for bolts that are accessible. If you must use socket wrenches, use 6 point socket for hex bolts/nuts since 12 point may slip if the head is worn. Eight point sockets fit square nuts & bolts. If the bolt studs protrude very far through the nut, you may need use Deep or Bolt Clearance sockets. Six point deep sockets are readily available. Drive tools may be necessary for difficult nuts & bolts. Very large bolts may demand 3/4" or even 1 " square drive tools. These are heavy. When removing bolts, block the head or nut with a crescent or pipe wrench or another socket. Use a breaker bar (cheater) to loosen the bolt. When the bolt is turning, put a Ratcheting Adapter between the socket & breaker bar & finish pulling the bolt or nut. Two short lengths of pipe with a coupling will make your cheater easier to carry & conceal. Select thick-walled, heat-treated socket wrenches. A hand operated Impact tool can be used to loosen stubborn screws & bolts, but this is noisy. Power tools, chain saws, & oxy-acetylene or propane torches have serial numbers (sometimes not readily apparent). Such a tool dropped at the scene of a hit can be traced from the manufacturer to the retailer who sold it. Leave no paper trail linking your purchase to the tool.
k.) Tactical ops weapon – smoke & other obscurants – burning tires – to mess up helicopters & drones & AC 130s. Smoke enables small groups to hide or escape or to lure the aircraft in closer for a kill.
l.) Stocks of the following are crucial for all insurgent teams:
308 ammo; 30-06 ammo (both in armor piercing and incendiary) ; 0 caliber ammo various kinds – high powered scopes and spotting scopes and binoculars; range finders of dif types; blasting caps and fuse – det cord, timing devices – clocks, flares, charcoal, sulphur, potassium nitrate – ammonium nitrate; soldering equipment; gun cleaning supplies;

V. 4 : ARSON DEVICES & APPLICATIONS
4 types of devices are recommended for each team to have available: A.) The cigarette pack and/or larger device– use 3 sets per hit or 2 sets of 2 in the same places. Coat pockets or purses are good for carrying the devices into the store or try a baby carriage and test out the store's rules on back packs before using them. Consider generic kleenex or pop can containers (more ideas – please).
B.) The medium size device for key targets – libraries, hospitals, schools, and a hardened or more effective one for Hummer gas tanks, ATMs, to light diesel jugs and for propane storage areas. Could have a second and even bigger-sized medium one – with some thermite or ? – for hardened targets.
C.) Large thermate for cars, components & transformers – these could be the devices with magnets or sticky glue for attaching to tankers or armored cars. Also an even larger bucket-sized for buildings and machines. This would have 2 types – a heavy thermite one and a general incendiary one.
INTRODUCTION TO FIRE
-- A description of the preparation of igniters (or "first fire") incendiary mixes, some basic incendiary mixes, & a thermate metal-destroying incendiary. Arson can be devastatingly effective. Millions of dollars in damage can be accomplished with a small investment & little danger. The assumption that evidence is destroyed by fire is incorrect. Fire investigation units will turn up if the origins of a fire appears suspicious. They possess a degree of skill & are able to determine the flash point of a fire & what caused it (electrical fault, cigarette, candle, spontaneous combustion, deliberate arson, etc.). They can tell the flamable substance which was used to start the fire (gasoline, paraffin, paper, etc.). Activists know to TELL NO ONE of their plans & make sure to LEAVE NO EVIDENCE behind at the scene.
GENERAL: Incendiaries can be improvised more easily than explosives & the materials are more easily obtained. On a pound by pound basis, incendiaries can do more damage than explosives against many types of targets if used properly. There is a time lag, however, between the start of the fire & the destruction of the target. During this period the fire may be discovered & controlled or put out. An explosive once detonated has done its work.
Incendiaries are cheap & little training is needed for their preparation & use. Used in carefully executed operations, the act of sabotage may be concealed in the ashes of an "accidental" fire. Fires may be started quickly & have reasonable chance of success if the following principles are observed:
1. See that there is plenty of air & fuel to feed the fire.
2. Use an incendiary that supplies a prolonged & persistent heat.
3. Start the fire low in the target structure & let it spread naturally upwards.
4. Use reflecting surfaces such as corners, boxes, shelves, to concentrate the heat.
5. Use drafts to spread the fire rapidly - near stairways, elevator shafts.
6. Protect the fire from discovery during the first few minutes by good concealment & timing.
In preparing improvised incendiaries observe basic rules of safety. Chemicals that must be powdered should be ground separately with clean tools & then mixed in the indicated proportions. Chemicals or mixtures should be kept tightly sealed in jars or cans to protect them from moisture. Damp materials will work poorly if at all.
DEFINITIONS: Common terms used in connection with incendiary systems are defined below. Note that the definitions are worded so as to cover only incendiaries. Some of the terms have additional meanings in the related field of explosives.
a. Delay Mechanism- Chemical ,electrical, or mechanical elements that provide a time delay. Elements may be used singly or in combination. They provide a predetermined, limited time interval before an incendiary starts to burn.
b. Fuse- A flexible fabric tube containing powder that is used to start fires at some remote location. The powder in the fuse burns & provides a time delay.
c. Igniter- An intermediate charge between an initiator & an incendiary material. It is set aflame by the initiator & produces sufficient heat at high temperature to ignite the main incendiary. Igniters are fast burning & relatively short lived.
d. Incendiary Material- A material that burns with a hot flame for long periods. Its purpose is to set fire to wooden structures & other combustible targets.
e. Incendiary System- A group of elements that are assembled to start fires. The system consists of a initiator, delay mechanism (if needed), igniter, & incendiary materials.
f. Initiator- The source that provides the first fire in an incendiary system. A match is an initiator. The initiator is so sensitive that it can be set off with little energy.
g. Spontaneous Combustion- The outbreak of fire in combustible material that occurs without an application of direct spark or flame. The fire is the result of heat produced by the chemical action of certain oils.
h. Thermate - (Thermite) An incendiary mixture of iron oxide flakes & aluminum powder that reacts chemically when initiated to form molten iron. It can be used to burn holes in steel or to weld steel parts together.
V. 5 : TOOLS & TECHNIQUES FOR MAKING ARSON DEVICES: The equipment needed for the manufacture of incendiaries consists of simple items. They are all readily available. Required are bottles, jars, pots, & spoons. There should be no difficulty in obtaining any of them. All the necessary equipment is described in each paragraph dealing with particular incendiary component. It is important that the operator follow the directions given in the manual exactly as written. They have been worked out carefully to give the desired results with the minimum chance of mishap. Don't experiment with different procedures or quantities. By its nature, fire is dangerous. Care is taken that no fires result during the making or placing of the devices. There are other dangers in addition to the fire hazard: chemicals used as ingredients may burn the skin, give off poisonous fumes, or be easily flammable.
Preventing a Fire Hazard
1. Fire prevention is much more important than fire fighting. Prevent fires from starting.
2. Keep flammable liquids away from open flames.
3. Good housekeeping is the fire prevention. Keep work areas neat & orderly. Clean away all equipment & material not needed at the moment. Clean up spills as soon as possible.
4. Store incendiaries in closed containers away from heat. Do not store materials any longer than necessary.
5. In the event of fire, remove from the danger area if this can be done quickly & safely. Use large quantities of water to fight fires.
Avoiding Chemical Hazards: 1. Wear rubber gloves, apron, & glasses when handling concentrated chemicals if possible.
2. Avoid inhaling fumes. Perform reactions in a well ventilated area or out of doors because the boiling is often violent & in large amounts, fumes are given off that are poisonous if breathed too much.
3. Avoid acid contact with the skin. If chemicals are spilled on a person, wash immediately in running water for several minutes. If they splash in eyes, wash the eye in running water for at least 15 minutes.
4. Clean up any acid that is spilled on the floor or bench by flushing with large amounts of water. Acid spilled on wood can cause a fire.
5. Always pour concentrated acids into water. Never pour water into concentrated acids because a violent reaction will occur.
V. 6 : IGNITERS*IGNITERS*IGNITERS*
Potassium Chlorate & Sugar Igniter - Chlorate-sugar is one of the best of the first fire or igniter mixes. It burns very rapidly, with a yellow-white flame & generates sufficient heat to ignite all homemade incendiaries mentioned in this handbook.
MATERIALS: Potassium chlorate (preferred) or sodium chlorate, sugar, pestle, glass or wood bowl.
PREPARATION: 1. Grind the chlorate separately in a clean, non-sparking (glass or wooden) bowl with a wooden pestle. The resulting granules should approximate those of ordinary table sugar.
2. Mix equal volumes of granulated chlorate & sugar by placing both on a large sheet of paper & lifting the corners alternately.
CAUTION: This mixture is extremely spark sensitive & must be handled accordingly.
3. Wrap 4 to 6 tablespoons of the mixture in thin paper so as to form a tight packet. Keep the mixture as dry as possible. If it is to be stored in a damp area before using, the packet may be coated with paraffin wax.
APPLICATION: Chlorate-sugar is easily ignited by the flame of a match, the spit of a percussion cap or time fuse. If ignited when under confinement it will explode like gun powder. If it is contained in waxed packet, therefore, the latter should be punched through in several places before it is used with a basic incendiary & ignited.
Flake Aluminum - Sulpher Igniter - This simple igniter burns extremely hot & will ignite even the metal destroying thermate, described later on. The mixture itself can be lit by chlorate sugar.
MATERIALS: Flake aluminum, finely powdered sulpher.
PREPARATION: 1. Mix 4 parts by volume of finely powdered sulphur with 1 part of aluminum powder.
APPLICATION: To use, place several spoonfuls of the mixture on the material to be lit & add a spoonful of chlorate sugar on top. Be sure to safety (time) fuse or other spark-producing delay system is placed so it will act upon the chlorate sugar mixture first.
Homemade Black Powder Igniter - Black powder may be used for igniting napalm, flammable solvents in open containers, paper, loose rags, straw & other tinder type materials. If it is not available already mixed, it can be prepared as follows:
MATERIALS: Potassium (or sodium) nitrate, powdered charcoal, powdered sulphur.
PREPARATION: 1. Into a clean, dry jar or can, put 7 spoonfuls of potassium or sodium nitrate, 2 spoonfuls of powdered charcoal, & 1 spoonful of powdered sulphur. The ingredients must be at least as fine as granulated sugar. If they must be ground, GRIND EACH SEPARATELY. Never grind the mixed ingredients - they may ignite or explode.
2. Cap the can or jar tightly & shake & tumble it until the ingredients are completely mixed.
APPLICATION: The mixture will be effective for months if kept tightly sealed & dry. Sodium nitrate in particular has a tendency to absorb moisture. To use the gunpowder, pile 2 or 3 spoonfuls on top of any solid incendiary material which is to be ignited. For igniting liquids in open containers, wrap 2 or 3 spoonfuls in a piece of paper & suspend it just above the liquid. Gunpowder is best ignited by a safety fuse. It burns very quickly with a great deal of heat, so allow sufficient time delay for safe withdraw from the vicinity.
Match Head Igniter - A good ignition material for incendiaries can be obtained from the heads of safety matches, which are available almost any place. The composition must be removed from the heads to get a sufficient quality of igniter material. It will ignite napalm, wax & sawdust, paper & other flamables.
MATERIALS: Safety matches.
PREPARATION: 1. Remove the match head composition by scraping with a knife or crushing with pliers. Collect several spoonful of it & store in a moisture tight container.
APPLICATION: Put at least 2 spoonfuls on the material to be ignited. To ignite liquids, such as solvents or napalm. Wrap several spoonfuls in a piece of paper & hang this just over the fluid, or place nearby. If fluids dampen the mixture it may not ignite. The ignition can be by time fuse, firecracker fuse, or spark.
HOME-MADE NAPALM - This item consists of a liquid fuel which is gelled by the addition of NON-DETERGENT soap powder or soap chips. It is prepared from readily available materials. This incendiary can be directly initiated by a match flame. If delay is required, the incendiary can be reliably initiated by a delay system. Napalm incendiary is easily ignited & long burning, & is suitable for setting fire to wooden structures & other large combustible targets: It adheres to objects, even on vertical surfaces.
MATERIALS: Soap powder or chips (bar soap can be easily shaved or chipped). Any of the following liquid hydrocarbon fuels: gasoline, fuel oil, diesel oil, kerosene, turpentine, benzol or benzene, toloul or toluene. A double broiler made from any material with the upper pot having the capacity of at least 2 quarts. A spoon or stick for stirring, A source of heat such as a stove or hot plate. A knife or grater if only bar soap is available. An air-tight container.
PREPARATION: 1. Fill bottom of double broiler with water & heat until the water boils. Shut off source of heat.
2. Place upper pot on top of the bottom pot & remove both containers to a point several feet away from the heat source.
3. Pour soap chips or powder into the upper pot of the double broiler to one-quarter of pot volume.
4. Pour any one of the liquid hydrocarbon fuels listed under MATERIALS above into the upper pot containing the soap chips or powder until the pot is one-half full. CAUTION: keep these fuels away from open flames.
5. Stir the mixture with a stick or spoon until it thickens to a paste having the consistency of jam. Do this in a well ventilated room where the vapors will not concentrate & burn or explode from a flame or spark.
6. If the mixture has not thickened enough after about 15 minutes of stirring, remove the upper pot & put it several feet from the heat source. Again bring the water in the lower pot to a boil. Shut off the heat source, place upper pot in lower pot at a location several feet from the heat source & repeat stirring until the napalm reaches the recommended consistency.
7. When the proper consistency is obtained, store the finish napalm in a tightly sealed container until used. Napalm will keep for months when stored this way.
APPLICATION: To use napalm effectively, it should be spread out over the surface of the material to be burned. This will start a large area burning at once. A match can be used to directly initiate this incendiary. A short time delay ignition can be obtained by tying or taping a bundle of matches around a lighted cigarette. Ignition occurs when the lighted portion of the burning cigarette reaches the match heads. This assembly is placed directly on the napalm. Usually this will ignite in 15 minutes, depending on the length of the cigarette, make of cigarette & force of air currents. A duplicate delay mechanism should be tested to determine the time delay for various conditions. The cigarette must be placed so that the flame will travel horizontally or upward. A burning cigarette that is clamped or held will not burn past the point of confinement. Therefore, the cigarette should not contact any other object other than matches. In very hot weather, or if the napalm is exposed to the direct rays of the sun, it is recommended that napalm be made with fuel oil. In extremely cold weather, it is recommended that napalm be made with gasoline. The destructive effect of napalm is increased when charcoal is added. The charcoal will readily ignite & the persistent fire from the charcoal will outlast the burning napalm. It is recommended that at least one quart of napalm be used to ignite heavy wooden structures & large wooden sections. A minimum of one-half quart is recommended for wooden structures of small cross section.
Paraffin-Sawdust Incendiary - Paraffin-sawdust is almost as effective as napalm against combustible targets, but it is slower in starting. It is solid when cool & thus is more easily carried & used than liquid-napalm. In addition, it can be stored indefinitely without special care.
MATERIALS: Dry sawdust, paraffin, or candle wax, spoon, pot, container.
PREPARATION: 1. Put enough wax in the pot so that it is about half full.
2. Heat the pot on a stove or hot plate until the wax melts.
3. Remove the heated pot from the stove or hot plate & shut off the source of heat. Add the sawdust to the melted wax until the wax is nearly full. Stir the mixture this a spoon or stick for a few minutes, being sure there is no layer of wax at the bottom of the pot which has not been mixed with the sawdust.
4. While the mixture is in a fluid state, pour it into the waxed paper carton or other container. Upon cooling, the wax mixture will harden & take the shape of the container.
APPLICATION: The mixture can be stored for months without losing its effectiveness. If it becomes wet, it will be effective again when it is dried. Lumps of the mixture the size of a fist are easiest to manage. The chunks of incendiary may be carried to the target in a paper bag or other wrapper. Any igniter that will set fire to the paper wrapper will ignite the wax & sawdust. A similar incendiary can be made by dipping sheets of newspaper into melted wax & allowing them to cool. These papers may then be crumpled up & used in the same manner as the paraffin-sawdust, although they will not burn as hot & persistency.
Sawdust, Mothflakes, & Oil Incendiary - This incendiary is very good for use against all kinds of wooden structures, including heavy beams & timbers. It also works well on paper, rags, straw, & other timber type materials. It will start fires in open containers of flammable liquids, piles of coal, coke, or lumber, & on baled rags & paper. It is not effective against metal.
MATERIALS: Dry sawdust, moth flakes (naphthalene), fuel oil (kerosene or diesel oil), spoon, container.
PREPARATION: 1. Place equal parts of sawdust, moth flakes, & oil into a container & stir until the mixture is the consistency of mush. 2. Store it in any container that will retain the oil fumes.
APPLICATION: An easy, effective way to use this mixture is to put about a quart of it in a paper bag & place the bag on the target material. The bag can be lit with a match & the mixture will ignite quite readily It burns as well as napalm. If a longer delay time is required, use one of the igniter mixes described earlier along with time fuse or other delay device. The time fuse alone, however, will not ignite the incendiary mix. Where very large wood beams are to be burned, an additional amount of the incendiary will be required. Two or three quarts is enough to destroy almost any target against which the technique would be effective. For the greatest effect on wood structures, the mixture should be placed beneath the target material, if possible, so the flames will spread upward. In a packing box or room, a corner is a good place to start the fire.
INCENDIARY BRICK - This incendiary is composed of potassium chlorate, sulphur, sugar, iron filings & wax. When properly made, it looks like an ordinary building brick & can be easily transported without detection. The incendiary brick will ignite wooden walls, floors, & many other combustible objects, & can be hidden amongst building supplies at construction sites (wood piles, etc). This incendiary can be directly ignited by all igniters listed in this booklet coupled with a cigarette delay or similar mechanism.
MATERIALS: Parts by volume
Potassium chlorate (powdered)-------------- 40
Sulphur (powdered)----------------------------15
Granulated sugar------------------------------- 20
Iron filings-------------------------------------- 10
Wax (paraffin or ordinary candle wax)----- 15
Spoon or stick, Brick mold, Red paint, Measuring cup or can, Double boiler, Heat source (hot plate or stove).
PREPARATION: 1. Fill the bottom half of the double boiler with water & bring to a boil.
2. Place the upper half of the boiler on the lower portion & add the wax, sulphur, granulated sugar, & iron fillings in proper amounts.
3. Stir well to blend all the materials evenly.
4. Remove the upper half of the double boiler from the lower portion & either shut off the heat source or move the upper section several feet from the fire. Caution: Extreme care should be exercised at this point because accidental ignition of the mixture is possible. Some means of extinguishing a fire should be at hand, a fire extinguisher or sand. It is important to keep face, hands, & clothing at a reasonably safe distance during the remainder of the preparation. A face shield & fireproof gloves are recommended.
5. CAREFULLY add the required amount of potassium chlorate & again stir well to obtain a homogeneous mixture.
6. Pour the mixture into a brick mold & set aside until it cools & hardens.
7. When hard, remove the incendiary from the mold, & paint it red to simulate a normal building brick.
APPLICATION: When painted, the incendiary brick can be carried with normal construction materials & placed in or on combustible materials. A short time delay or ignition can be obtained by combining a cigarette delay & one of the igniter mixtures listed earlier. (For example, several spoonfuls of Sugar-Chlorate mixture are placed on the incendiary brick. A cigarette delay or similar timed device is partially buried in the center of the igniter mixture (match heads should be in close contact with the igniter).
THERMATE INCENDIARY : Thermate is similar to commercial thermite, used in welding, except that it also contains an oxidizer, making it easier to ignite. Thermate will readily burn paper, rags, excelsior, straw & other tinder type materials. However, its main use in sabotage operations is against motors, gears, latches & other metal targets--to weld moving parts together, warp precision machined surfaces, & so on. Since it burns with a brief, almost explosive action, it is not recommended for burning wooden structures or other materials where persistent heat is required. Thermate can be made from aluminum or magnesium powder & a chemical oxidizing agent, as described below:
MATERIALS: Aluminum filings powder or flakes, or magnesium filings or powder, plus any one of the following chemicals: potassium nitrate, sodium nitrate, barium nitrate, potassium dichromate, or potassium permanganate. Although aluminum & magnesium are equally effective, thermate made from magnesium is easier to ignite. Flake aluminum, which is the extremely fine variety used in paints, is excellent. In any case, both the metal & chemical ingredients should be no coarser than granulated sugar.
PREPARATION: 1. Fill a quart size (or larger) container about 2/3 full of equal parts of the metal powder & the oxidizing agent.
2. Cover with a tight lid, then roll & tumble the container until the contents are completely mixed.
3. If flake aluminum is the metal used, fill the container * full of the aluminum then add oxidizing agent until the container is 3/4 full. Mix as described above. Thermate in a sealed container can be stored for months.
APPLICATION: To use, put 1 or 2 pounds of the mixture in a paper bag & place it on the target in such a way that when it burns the red hot molten material will run down & attack the vital parts. Chlorate-sugar & aluminum-sulphur igniters are best for setting off thermate, particularly if the thermate contains aluminum powder, which is more difficult to ignite.
Incendiary Device - MATERIALS NEEDED FOR ASSEMBLY: Empty toilet-roll, iron wire, plastic-wrap, matches, wire garbage ties, firelighters, incense, tape, 2L plastic bottle, gasoline.
HOW THEY MAKE THEM: 1. Take 3 sticks of incense, & wire the 3 wood stems together using wire garbage ties. Use some string if need be to keep the incense close together.
2. Tie as many matches as possible on the incense sticks, near the bottom of the burnable incense material. The incense sticks act as a fuse, lighting the matches. Make sure the match heads are very close together so they will ignite.
3. Take a piece of iron wire & wrap it around the ends of the incense sticks, with the 2 ends loose.
Make a hole in the side of the toilet-roll, roughly 1/4 up from the bottom. Hang the incense bundle inside & pull the 2 loose wire ends through it. The incense bundle should be secured in the middle of the tube, & should not touch the insides. Fold the 2 wires, each to one side & secure them with tape. MAKE SURE THAT THIS CONSTRUCTION IS STRONG, IF YOU SHAKE IT AROUND A BIT THE INCENSE SHOULD STAY IN ITS PLACE. USE STRONG WIRE & TAPE.
4. Secure a square of plastic wrap around the bottom of the toilet tube with the tape.
5. Break the heads off of at least two small boxes of wooden matches. Take fire-lighters (like the ones used for BBQ) & break them into little pieces. Mixing the matches & firelighters together, put them inside the toilet tube, filling closely to the matches tied onto the incense sticks.
6. Cut off several long lengths of iron wire (4 pieces for each device) & twist them together like this: *(wires are 10cm/4 inch.) leaving 2 ends untwisted. Secure the toilet tube within the open wires & continue to twist the loose ends together, tight. Secure the wire in place near the top of the toilet tube with some tape, keeping it in place. The wire ends must be at least 10cm long.
7. The device is now ready, & can be transported inside a small box. Fold the wire like this *(picture shown) to protect the incense sticks during transportation.
8. Each 2L plastic pop bottle should be 3/4 full of gasoline. When you arrive at your target, cut the tops of the bottles off with a stanley knife. Put the bottles under the target (i.e. behind the front wheels of a meat truck). Take the device & fold the iron wires into their old position. Light the incense sticks (all three) BEFORE you place the devices in the bottles.
9. Make sure that the bottom of the device is not hanging in the fuel. If necessary, fold the iron wires so the device hangs higher. The incense will burn down & light the match heads tied at the base. These will flame & ignite the match heads & firelighters. All of this will melt through the plastic wrap & fall into the gasoline.
V. 7 : How to make a simple electric igniter for use with an electric timer.
Materials: Electric Tape 1 roll; Road Flare; Automobile Tail Light Bulb (1156 type); 1 small roll of solder; Two 12" (30cm) lengths of wire; National Magazine; Gloves
Tools: Volt meter -- Soldering Iron
Security: -- Obvious warnings about fingerprints, hair, fibers & buying materials apply. Wear gloves during handling of materials. Buy supplies in advance, so that if the components are eventually traced to a particular store you aren't remembered or on video a few days before the action purchasing supplies. Don't buy supplies near where you live or the target. Be a clean freak. Solder, wire insulation, wire ends, packaging & plastic shavings can all be traced directly back to a device. Safely dispose of ALL tools, soldering iron tip, broken glass, wire, gloves, solder, & tape used. The small cost of new tools & supplies is well worth it in the end. Ideally rent a motel room far from the scene & take a day to prepare the materials. DO NOT use local newsprint in case device is discovered use a national paper or magazine. Be careful that it is not a specialized local edition of the paper or news magazine. DO NOT lose any wire ends, wire insulation or flare powder during construction. Keep a clean construction area.
Assembly: Heat tail light bulb with candle or gas stove, when bulb is sufficently hot, dip into disposable cup filled with ice cold water. This should cause the bulb to crack. Then tap gently with pliers or screw driver (be careful not to damage the filament). Fractured glass will shatter easily & drop into water (when through dispose of cup & water securely). Solder wires on to tail light bulb.
Figure V. 62
Disassemble the road flare, carefully removing the black powder. Pulverize this & mix it 50 - 50 with the white flare powder. The bulb needs the powder to ignite the flare powder. Take a 6" (15 cm) square piece of newsprint & fold it as shown to make a funnel shaped cone. Pour the 50-50 powder mix into the folded cone & place the 1156 tail light bulb gently into the mixture. Using electrical tape, tape around the base of the bulb being careful NOT TO tape onto the filament area.
Trim off extra newsprint from around the base of the light bulb.
Take 8" (30 cm) square piece of newsprint & repeat the above using about 1/4 of the remaining flare powder.
Using the volt meter switch to the resistence mode (upside down U) touch the two probes together & note meter, this is what a continuous connection looks like. Make sure that the filament wasn't damaged during construction by checking for a continuous connection by touching each probe to a wire end. The igniter is now complete & ready to connect to an electric timer for use. Possibilities include a simple style electric timer or a more complex version (both from the Final Nail #2).

V. 8 : ROAD FLARE ANALYSIS:
What is in road flares? Different companies use different compositons when manufacturing road flares, so it is impossible to give a specific answer for the flare in your hand. However, they do tend to have similar compositions, & so a generalized answer is possible. Examine the following table.

Strontium nitrate 69 61 60 62 75 63 31 43
Potassium nitrate 15 23 15
Potassium perchlorate 8 10 44 9
Sulfur 13 6 7 19 10 16
Charcoal 5 2 4
Sawdust 10 4
Aluminum flake 16
Magnesium 50-100 29
Red gum 13 7
Epoxy resin 25
Shellac 5
Dextrin 2
Parlon 12
Source "Railway"
Davis "Railway"
Davis "Railway"
Davis "Railway"
Davis "Railway"
Davis "Wing tip"
Davis "Low reside"
Conkling McLain
Note that every composition contains strontium nitrate (Sr(NO3)2). That is because the strontium is responsible for either a red or red-orange color. However, strontium nitrate is not a great oxidizer - a mixture of Sr(NO3)2 & a fuel will hardly burn. So a better oxidizer such as potassium perchlorate or potassium nitrate or an energetic fuel such as aluminum or magnesium is added to give the extra energy needed for a fast combustion. The rest of the components are either fuels, or a compound that serves as a combination fuel & binder, or parlon which is a binder but not really a fuel. Some older flare formulations also had things such as pitch, asphalt, wax, tallow, potassium chlorate & black powder. Those are not likely to be part of modern flare formulations. The flares are pressed dry.
Can one extract the strontium nitrate from the flare? Yes, but... you don't know what you have in the flare, so you can't plan a safe extraction procedure; you will spend a lot of time if you want the product to be pure; if you don't get a pure product, you are asking for trouble when you mix it with other stuff; the price is far higher than buying it from a pyrotechnic supply house. If you INSIST on extracting chemicals from road flares, you can get a long way by noticing that out of the list above, the only water soluble things are strontium nitrate, potassium intrate & potassium perchlorate, & to some extent dextrin. One could break up the road flare, crumble it, & soak it in water. Filtering the road flare would then give a mixture of those 4 compounds assuming that the road flare is similar to those in the table above. Note that soaking magnesium in aqueous solutions of oxidizers can lead to highly exothermic reactions which can cause a steam explosion. Separation of the strontium nitrate from the other compounds is not trivial. In the following analysis let us assume we have extracted a kilogram (2.2 pounds) of road flares: we have 1 liter (about a quart) of a concentrated solution of the salts. Since dextrin is not a common ingredient, let us assume that there is no dextrin. If dextrin is present it will make the separation much more difficult. If one cooled the solution to 0° C, up to 600 grams of the strontium nitrate would remain in solution, & a lot of the other salts would precipitate out. Only 7.5 grams of the potassium perchlorate would remain in solution. A full 130 grams of potassium nitrate would remain in solution. If the crystals were removed by filtration, & the solution evaporated, one could obtain a material that might have the following composition: Strontium nitrate, 0 - 600 grams Potassium nitrate, 0 - 130 grams Potassium perchlorate, 0 - 7.5 grams
VI. 9 : Expedient Method of Cutting Spikes - Secure one end of the rod (by clamping, jamming) & lay the free ends across a crotched (or notched) piece of wood under the cut to be made, about one foot from the end. Lay the blade alongside one of the retention ridge which run across the rebar at a 45 degree angle. Make several light stroke until the blade cuts into the bar enough to prevent sideways slipping. With little practice you can cut more than a dozen road spikes an hour in this manner.
Building a Jig - Any kind of miter box that doesn't reduce the length of the stroke much is okay. A simple method is to place 2 cement blocks on end & place the length of rebar to be cut in the grooves on the ends. Saw the rebar between the cement blocks.
Using an Acetylene Torch is the easiest method of turning out large numbers of spikes or caltrops. Learning how to cut (as opposed to welding or joining) with a torch is easy. Someone can show you in half an hour how to hook up & adjust equipment well enough to burn off rods. Learn how to handle the gases & equipment safely, & to adjust the flame.
Advanced Road Spiking
We have directed much energy toward stopping ATVs, dirt bikes & 4-wheeled Quad Runners. These abominations present problems different from those presented by 4 x 4 trucks & jeeps. The light weight of an ATV, coupled with the pliable, low air pressure tires, makes it possible for the tire to bounce over a standard 1/2" rebar spike cut at a 45-degree angle & sticking up 3" from ground level. To increase effectiveness use 3/8" rebar with tips cut at an angle of 60 degrees or greater. For standard emplacements we use 14" long spikes, so that 4-5" remains above ground. As a general rule, for maximum stability, the length of the spike underground should be at least twice the length of the part above ground. The harder the ground the less the spike needs to be buried.
Before cutting rebar, notice that it has two longitudinal ridges running opposite each other. Start your cut on one ridge, since it helps form a sharp tip for the spike. While a hacksaw works well, also consider using metal-working tools such as a "Sawz-all" with metal blades or the special metal-cutting carbide blades for hand-held circular saws. If you use a metal grinder to sharpen tips, do not overheat the lip, as the metal will lose its temper, making it brittle.
A most effective emplacement tool is a block of 1 1/2" plywood or three 1/2" plywood strips nailed together. The block should be 3 to 4 inches wide (enough to grip well) & 8 to 10 inches long. Align your spike tip & place the block over the tip & drive with your single-jack hammer. Plywood drives the spikes without dulling the tips & will not split apart. The plywood block is easily removed from the spike & will last a long time.
VI. 10 : HOW TO MAKE CALTROPS
Caltrops are effective for flattening tires. They are sold through Soldier of Fortune style mail-order houses for about $1.75 each (possession is legal). If you are a beginning welder you can make your own for less than 10 cents apiece. Take a welding class at the local community college. Learn how to cut & weld using an Oxy-acetylene outfit. You'll be amazed at how much this will expand your horizons as an insurgent. A cutting torch can slice through iron like a hot knife through butter.
INGREDIENTS: Oxy-acetylene welding outfit & Small diameter welding rod; 12 pounds of 20d nails (bright box); Sturdy workbench & 2 vises; 3 pairs of welding goggles; 18" handle bolt cutters, Medium weight hammers, 2 pairs of pliers. Clamp one handle of the bolt cutters horizontally in the vise. Hold a nail in the jaws at a 45 degree angle with one hand & push the free handle down with the other hand to snip off the head & leave a nasty-looking point where the head was. Cut the minimum amount of nail off with the head. It's easier to snip when the nail is jammed as far into the jaws as possible (might as well do this to 600 nails while you're at it). Wear safety glasses to protect your eyes in case a nail head flies off. Save every single nail head for disposal somewhere other than your workshop.
Now mark the center of each headless nail with a felt tip pen. The best way to do this is by marking 2 parallel lines on the workbench one-half nail length apart, & laying the nails over these lines to mark them. Clamp one of those double pointed nails vertically in the vise with the midpoint mark just showing. Bang it over with the hammer until you have a wide shape with an interior angle in the neighborhood of 110 degrees. Make sure it comes out with the bend at the midpoint. Do this to only 6 nails. Clamp one of these bent nails with one tip in the jaws of the vise so that it is in an upright "V" position. Balance another bent nail over the first one crosswise in the inverted "V" position. This is what a caltrop looks like. All you have to do now is weld the nails together.
Notice that there is a convenient place for 2 tack welds where the nails cross, & 2 more places on the underside. Strike the torch & do a tack weld. Before the weld cools, tweak the caltrop with pliers so that it is symmetrical. Do the other tack weld. Turn off the torch so that you will have 2 free hands to loosen the vise slightly. Grab the caltrop with pliers, take it out of the vise, & reposition it upside down to expose the 2 remaining tack weld. Strike the torch again & do those 2 welds. When the caltrop cools, give it a test by placing it on the ground. No matter how it falls, one point should be vertical. If not, then either the bend in the nail is not the proper angle or you welded it crooked. When you've got a decent prototype, set it aside. Tape a piece of cardboard to your vise & make a mark on it to serve as bending guide for all the 100s of nails you're about to bend. Clamp a nail vertically in the vise with the midpoint mark just showing & pound it over the tip is even with the mark. Carefully bend all the nails to the correct angle one at a time. Now you're ready for the welding assembly line.
Caltrops can be constructed with an arc welder: Obtain nails at least 4 inches long, the thicker the better, & cut off the heads with bolt cutters or a hacksaw. Sharpen both ends on a grinding wheel. Extreme sharpness is not necessary as the weight of the vehicle drives the nail into the tire even if somewhat blunt. Weld at least 3 of these nails together in opposing planes so that there is a tripod effect no matter how a thrown caltrop lands. To perform the actual welding, place one nail in a vise, hold the other in a pair of visegrips, & use your other hand to hold the electrode. To make good use of your time & welding gas, use a three-piece production team with one welder & 2 helpers. This requires 2 vises on the workbench about two-and-a-half feet apart. Provide welding goggles & a pair of pliers to each worker. The welder works one vise while the helpers set up a pair of caltrops at another. Each vise has 2 sides & can hold 22 caltrops at a time for an efficient production line. The welder does the first 2 tack welds on both caltrops in vise A while the helpers are setting 2 more in vise B, then the helpers flip the caltrops on vise A while welding happens at vise B. Finished caltrops are placed on the floor to air quench.
* Cover the jaws of the vise with pieces of wood, cardboard, or metal to prevent leaving distinct tool marks on the caltrops. Such tool marks may reveal the brand of bench vise. Dispose of the jaw covers after the manufacturing is complete. Two possible methods of making caltrops: weld a cross, then bend & sharpen the 4 parts; or weld side by side, bend & sharpen.
* Somewhat cruder caltrops can be made with inexpensive arc-welding units as small as 70 amps. Higher-amperage units are more expensive but will produce faster & more substantial welds. It is important to read the operating instructions carefully before arc-welding & to use hand & eye protective gear (intense light can burn the retina).
Short on caltrops? Put a caltrop or other sharp object inside a target. Many off-roaders love to drive over the random beer can or paper cup, so put a surprise in one. Those Styrofoam clam-shell containers from fast food places even have a use. One will hold the business end of a broken bottle with its points up. These targets make cleanup afterwards easier. Effective caltrops can be made with 4 to 6 inch reinforcing mesh used in concreting. This mesh cut at an angle in the middle of each span will produce steel crosses. Bend them at right angles to form quick caltrops. Spray paint caltrops black for use on asphalt so they will be less conspicuous. For simple caltrops, drive a half dozen long nails through a golf ball so that they stick out in all directions. Spray paint the whole thing with a color similar to the surface on which they might be used. Remember that a box of these in your car might look suspicious to a policeman. Generally a metal object bends under a vehicle's weight & doesn't compress lengthwise. A well-anchored 6d finishing nail is adequate, provided it is set at the angle of pure compressional impact. Lubrication facilitates penetration (a light oil also allows camouflaging road dust to be adsorbed). A simple wooden jig can be used to set the angle in the field; for mountain bikes (60 degrees), for sedans (61 degrees), for pickups (62 degrees), for large off-road trucks (64 degrees) & for semis & logging trucks the angle is 65-66 degrees.
VI. 11 : ROOFING NAILS
These nails have large heads so they will stand on end easily, they are found at every hardware store, & they are cheap. The nails come in length up to 2 1/2 inches long. This is long enough for regular tires, but not long enough to flatten a heavy-duty 4-wheeler tire. The advantage of roofing nails is that they cause the tire to go flat - in a period of time from minutes to hours, thus distributing stalled cars all around the city. The best place to set them is at the entrance to a freeway, an intersection or at the beginning of a commuter arterial in a wealthy neighborhood. For maximum effectiveness, hand set them with the bases down & cover bases with road dirt to camouflage them. Paint them the same color as the ground if you really want to hide them. A single person can scatter hundreds of these nails in a short time. They can also be scattered caltrop fashion in order to aid escape although many of the nails will not fall point up. Distribution by bicycle or through trap doors cut in the floorboards of a vehicle are ideas. Disrupting elections, rush hour traffic, holiday shoppers or creating diversions for bigger actions are typical uses for roofing nails on roadways.
VI.12 : CUTTING TORCH
A cheap, light-duty cutting torch designed for artists & hobbyists is a suitable tool for cutting rebar for use as road spikes. However, a medium or heavy-duty torch (costing about $60 to $100 more) should be used for structures or heavy equipment. This set-up can handle larger volumes of gases & therefore can cut larger pieces of steel faster (like bulldozer blade arms & railroad rails in less than a minute each). Since the use of a torch is a team operation (an oxy-fuel flame is very bright - if you use it without a lookout, you're asking to get caught), the additional cost for equipment may not be so burdensome. Get the largest oxygen bottle you can reasonably transport. The whole principle of flame cutting is to burn the metal in a stream of oxygen. The fuel is needed only to preheat the metal. Thus the amount of metal you can cut is directly related to the amount of oxygen you can dispense. Charts provided with the equipment give you the data you need on gas requirements.
Consider only acetylene or propane for fuel. Both are equally effective for cutting. Acetylene looks less suspicious in the field because it can also be used for welding, but it's more expensive (unless you rent the bottle). It is also much bulkier to transport, a little trickier to handle, & can be obtained only at welding supply shops. Propane is cheaper & easier to handle, can be obtained almost anywhere, & can be used in camp stoves. But it cannot be used for welding. The cutting torch attachment, handle, hoses, oxygen bottle, & oxygen regulator are the same regardless of fuel. Only the cutting tips, fuel bottle, & regulator are different with different fuels (although an acetylene regulator is fine for propane, a propane-only regulator is cheaper). If you lack money & do not have a propane bottle already, go with oxyacetylene & rent the gas bottles. If weight is a major concern (& no need to weld) go with oxy-propane & either rent the oxygen bottle or buy an aluminum oxygen bottle. Don't buy a steel oxygen bottle as aluminum ones weigh two-thirds as much. A supplier of medical gases is a place to start looking for an aluminum oxygen bottle. You don't need to be a gorilla to backpack a heavy-duty oxy-propane set-up with an aluminum oxygen bottle of sufficient capacity to cut up a bulldozer or a bridge.
If you must be neat or conserve gases, use the right size tip for the thickness of the metal you are cutting. If you want to destroy something as quickly as possible, use the largest tip appropriate for the amount of gas you have. Besides using it for cutting, you can use your torch to melt bearings, destroy hydraulic pistons, fuse joints, wreck gear teeth, etc. (watch out for grease & oil). A torch may be the optimum tool for converting an expensive machine into a pile of scrap - quickly & quietly. Any metal that readily oxidizes can be cut with an oxygen torch. Aluminum burns very fast; copper burns slowly; stainless can't be burned at all. Since you need to practice, experiment at home with scraps of the same material you'll be up against in the field. Beware of volatile metals like zinc & cadmium (common plating materials) because they can produce dangerous fumes (cadmium is as toxic as mercury & is retained by the body longer.) While seldom safe for the solo saboteur, a cutting torch can be an important tool for a sabotage gang. It is more hazardous than other hand tools, but, in combination with other tools, it can reduce the need for explosives.
FIELD NOTES - A cutting torch is very bright & makes you visible at a distance (especially at night). If possible, use a screen. Have lookouts who can warn of approach a considerable distance away. In case you have to abandon your equipment to escape, be sure there are no fingerprints or other marks on it that could link it to you. Use caution in purchasing cutting torch equipment. Get the equipment at a welding supply store. They can provide the right equipment, the gases, & the instruction manuals. Use of a cutting torch is fairly simple but certain safety precautions must be observed or torch use becomes dangerous. The instruction booklets are thorough on both technique & safety. However, they assume you are cutting clean
metal. If you cut metal contaminated with oil or grease, be careful. Oil & grease can burn explosively in pure oxygen. If you are packing a cutting torch to a remote location, it is difficult to disguise your equipment. Scratch the operation if you are seen.

VII. 13: Electromagnetic Pulse Devices
http://www.amazing1.com/emp.htm-
EMP/HERF/Shock Pulse Generators- Shock wave generators are capable of producing focused acoustic or electromagnetic energy that can break up objects such as kidney stones & other similar materials. EMP generators can produce pulses of electromagnetic energy that can destroy the sensitive electronics in computers & microprocessors. Destabilized LCR circuits can produce multi megawatt pulses by using an explosive wire disruptive switch. These high power pulses can be coupled into antennas, conic sections, horns etc for very directional effects. Research is currently being undertaken to disable vehicles thus avoiding dangerous high speed chases. The trick is to generate a high enough power pulse to fry the electronic control processor modules. This could be a lot simpler if the vehicle was covered in plastic or fiber glass rather than metal. The shielding of the metal body offers a challenge to the researcher to develop a practical system. A system could be built that could do this but would be costly, large & produce collateral damage to friendly targets. Devices described are intended for experienced researchers & qualified personnel who are aware of all hazards & liabilities in use of this equipment EMP1 - Plans/Data (By Download(PayPal Only) - $18.00) ..........$20.00 - Our Emp Shock Wave Generators are Available to Qualified Researchers on a Rental Basis with Option to Buy - Contact Bob Iannini at: riannini@metro2000.net
EMP150 - 150 JOULE.......................$750.00/Month(plus shipping)
EMP400 - 400 JOULE.......................$1500.00/Month(plus shipping)
Systems Come Crated With All Setup Instructions -0 Model Output Weight - EMP150 300 Megawatts 90 kg/198 lbs
EMP250 750 Megawatts 120 kg/264 lbs - EMP400 1.8 Gigawatts 170 kg/374 lbs - EMP150 - 150 Joules 15 KV 20 KA...................................$4495.00
EMP250 - 250 Joules 25 KV 30 KA...................................$5795.00
EMP400 - 400 Joules 40 KV 45 KA...................................$7495.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parabolic Reflectors For Above Shockwave Generators
PAREF12 - 305 mm d 75 mm f l...............$39.95
PAREF18 - 460 mm d 115 mm f l.............$59.95
PAREF24 - 610 mm d 152 mm f l ..........$139.95
High Voltage Pulse Capacitors
1M/15K - 1Mfd at 15 kv low L storage capacitor......................$439.95
.75M/25K - .75Mfd at 25 kv low L storage capacitor...............$659.95
.5M/50K - .5Mfd at 50 kv low L storage capacitor....................$2195.95
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Speed Spark Gap Switches
GAP150 - 150 Joule triggerable & sealed......................$1195.95 - GAP200 - 200 Joule triggerable & sealed......................$1425.95 - GAP400 - 400 Joule triggerable & sealed....................$1795.95
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50 KV Current Charger - 10 to 50 KV capacitor charger with reactance current limiting. Adjustable short circuit current is charging current! Operates from 12 vdc at 5 amps for field use. Output current 100 ua to .5ma.
50KVCC1 - Plans.................................$10.00 - 50KVCC1K - Kit/plans.......................$129.95
50KVCC10 - Assembled..................$199.95
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low Cost 100KV DC Supply - Low cost amateur experimenters source of HVDC for many applications
100,000 Volts @ .2ma - Built in Dry Filled Multiplier - Operates on 12vdc or 115vac
HVOLT1 - Plans.............................$8.00 - HVOLT1K - Kit/Plans................$149.95
HVOLT10 - Assembled............$249.95
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100,000 Volts at 5ma DC generator - High Voltage for the Professional Researcher
High quality & competively priced devices for military, nuclear sciences high energy lasers, electronic weaponry, electromagnetic weapons explosives & other professional research programs. - Short Circuit & Overload Protected
Low Ripple at Full Load - Adjustable Output - Voltage & Current Metered - Two Part Controller & Dry Fill Multiplier - Size - 20 to 150cm Height - Weight - 5 to 50 kg - Operates 220/110 vac 50-60 hz
Contact us for a particular output voltage/current combination & other option functions.
HV100KV - 100Kv/5ma......................$3300.00
HV50KV - 50Kv/5ma...........................$2100.00
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stackable Capacitors Intended For High Current Discharge With Voltage Multipliers
Cap in pfd 20 kv sizes Cost 30 kv sizes Cost 40 kv sizes Cost 50 kv sizes Cost
500p 75x40x40mm $15 75x40x65mm $20 140x60x65mm $26 140x70x70mm $38
1000p 75x50x40mm $26 75x50x65mm $33 140x60x65mm $42 140x70x70mm $45
3300p 100x70x40mm $30 75x65x65mm $39 140x75x65mm $50 140x80x70mm $53
6800p 100x80x40mm $50 100x75x65mm $66 140x80x65mm $83 180x90x70mm $90
10,000p 140x80x40mm $69 100x75x65mm $93 140x90x65mm $105 18x10x7cm $114
20,000p 14x10x2cm $81 14x7.5x6.5cm $108 14x10x6.5cm $128 18x13x7cm $138
30,000p 14x13x4cm $93 14x11x6.5cm $120 14x30x6.5cm $138 18x15x7cm $153
Minimum Order 10 Each Value - Call For Shipping - Purchase Includes System Plans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High Voltage Engineering Design Services High Voltage Design for Research, Trade, Education & Demonstration
We can design or assist in development of high voltage, high current power supplies, pulse conditioning, high energy, EMP, Marx generators, Tesla coils, voltage multipliers, rail & electrokinetic guns, etc.. Our facilities are also available for designing & building action displays for museums & electrical demonstrations. We Will Buy Your Used or Surplus High Voltage Equipment - We are constantly evaluating & purchasing used & surplus high voltage devices & components. You may contact us by Email or Call: 1-603-673-6493 or Fax: 1-603-672-5406. Off Shore Manufacturing 7. http://www.tpub.com/content/antennaandmasts/TM-11-6625-1636-20P/css/TM-11-6625-1636-20P_4.htm

The main lesson in all things & experiences is how to factor them into your method of understanding. If you think a problem through & go out & do some field research -- personal observations -- then you will learn the hands-on experiences by combining the learned with the real life security issues & concerns. Question your thought processes & find blank spots -- holes -- in your learning & acting methods. Run the problem through a few different criteria: 1. maximum damage, 2. maximum survival, 3. maximum media impact, minimum costs, etc. Do not be afraid to try brainstorming new approaches, methods, tactics & weapons.

Fire mortars and many weapons more in the daytime as US sensors and night vision do not work as well. Iraqi mortar groups set up ambushes to act as blocks to protect the mortar crews who are escaping after an attack.

2004-09-24T14:48:00.000-07:00

Agency/ Suborganization Title of Web Site for Program, Office, or Initiative Location USDA (cont.) Forest Service (cont.) GIS Coverages [Roadless Areas] www.roadless.fs.fed.us /documents/feis/data/ gis/coverages/index. shtml GIS [Wasatch-Cache National Forest GIS Page] www.fs.fed.us/wcnf/ gis/ Grain Inspection, Packers, and Stockyards Administration Grain Inspection www.usda.gov/gipsa/ National Agricultural Library AgNIC System Engineer www.agnic.org National Agricultural Statistics Service USDA-NASS, State Statistical Offices Home Page www.usda.gov/nass/ sso-rpts.htm South Dakota Agricultural Statistics Service www.nass.usda.gov/sd/ USDA, NASS, Research Division www.nass.usda.gov/ research/avhrr/avhrr mnu.htm Natural Resources Conservation Service Natural Resources Conservation Service www.nrcs.usda.gov/ USDA: NRCS: Geospatial Data Gateway: Home www.lighthouse.nrcs. usda.gov/gateway/ gatewayhome.html National Resources Inventory: NRCS [National Resources Inventory] www.nrcs.usda.gov/ technical/NRI/ USDA-NRCS Soils & Soil Survey www.statlab.iastate. edu/soils/nssc/ Regional and State Offices: NRCS www.nrcs.usda.gov/ about/organization/ regions.html Office of Community Development Rural Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities Internet Home Page www.ezec.gov

Table B.1—Continued Agency/ Suborganization Title of Web Site for Program, Office, or Initiative Location USDA (cont.) Risk Management Agency Welcome to the RMA Web www.rma.usda.gov Rural Development USDA Rural Development— About Us www.rurdev.usda.gov/ rd/ Rural Utilities Service Rural Utilities Service www.usda.gov/rus/ Department of Commerce (DOC) Department of Commerce Home Page www.commerce.gov Bureau of Economic Analysis Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and Other US Economic Data from the Bureau of Economic Analysis www.bea.doc.gov Bureau of Industry and Security (Bureau of Export Administration) The Home Page of the Bureau of Industry and Security (Formerly Bureau of Export Administration) www.bis.doc.gov Bureau of the Census Census Bureau Home Page www.census.gov U.S. Census Bureau Geography Web Page www.census.gov/geo/ www/index.html LandView Main Page www.census.gov/geo/ landview/ International Trade Administration International Trade Administration—Home Page www.trade.gov National Institute of Standards and Technology National Institute of Standards and Technology www.nist.gov National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration NOAA Home Page www.noaa.gov Center for Operational Oceanographic Products and Services (CO-OPS) Homepage www.co-ops.nos.noaa. gov NOAA Coastal Services Center www.csc.noaa.gov

Table B.1—Continued Agency/ Suborganization Title of Web Site for Program, Office, or Initiative Location DOC (cont.) National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (cont.) NOAA CSC Products www3.csc.noaa.gov/CS Cweb/genericPage.asp? bin=10 NOAA CoastWatch Central Operations Homepage coastwatch.noaa.gov NCDC: National Climatic Data Center (NCDC) www.ncdc.noaa.gov/ oa/ncdc.html National Data Buoy Center www.ndbc.noaa.gov Geostationary Satellite Server www.goes.noaa.gov U.S. DoC/NOAA/NOS/National Geodetic Survey www.ngs.noaa.gov USDOC/NOAA/NESDIS/National Geophysical Data Center (NGDC) Home Page www.ngdc.noaa.gov NOAA Fisheries www.nmfs.gov NOAA’s National Ocean Service http://oceanservice. noaa.gov/ National Virtual Data System www.nvds.noaa.gov NOAA—National Weather Service www.nws.noaa.gov Office of Coast Survey— Marine Chart Division http://chartmaker.ncd. noaa.gov/mcd/ About Us—CPRD http://response.restora tion.noaa.gov/cpr/ aboutus/aboutus.html NOAA Office of Response and Restoration http://response.restora tion.noaa.gov/index. html Critical Infrastructure Assurance Office CIAO Home Page www.ciao.gov National Technical Information Service NTIS www.ntis.gov

Table B.1—Continued Agency/ Suborganization Title of Web Site for Program, Office, or Initiative Location DoD (cont.) Army Corps of Engineers (cont.) NIC—Navigation Information Connection www.mvr.usace.army. mil/navdata/Default. htm Water Management Center http://water.mvr.usace. army.mil USAED–St Paul Water Control Center Public Web Server www.mvp-wc.usace. army.mil PCASE–Airfield Road Transportation Software (USACE Transportation Systems Center) www.pcase.com/ screenshots.htm Airfield & Pavements Branch—Roads, Airfields, Railroads—Transportation Software http://pavement.wes. army.mil Army National Guard Army National Guard—ARNG www.arng.army.mil Engineer Research and Development Center Tri-Service Civil Works CADD/GIS/FM Registry and Clearinghouse www.nww.usace.army. mil/apps/tscwrc/ Fort Belvoir Welcome to the Fort Belvoir Home Page www.belvoir.army.mil Military Traffic Management Command Military Traffic Management Command Transportation Engineering Agency (MTMCTEA) www.tea.army.mil/ DATA/default.htm National Imagery and Mapping Agency NIMA www.nima.mil NIMA: Aeronautical Information https://164.214.2.62/pro ducts/digitalaero/index. html NIMA: Airfield Initiative Programhttp://164.214.2.62/pro ducts/rbai/index.html Geospatial Engine http://geoengine.nima. mil NIMA: (U) Geospatial Sciences Division (Unclassified) http://164.214.2.59/ GandG/

DOE (cont.) Office of Nuclear Energy, Science and Technology Office of Nuclear Energy, Science and Technology—DOE www.ne.doe.gov Ohio Field Office The Ohio Field Office www.ohio.doe.gov Pacific Northwest National Laboratory Pacific Northwest National Laboratory www.pnl.gov NorthWest Infrared (Remote Sensing and Electro Optics) https://secure.pnl.gov/ nsd/NSD.nsf/Welcome? OpenForm Richlands Operations Office Environmental Restoration Projects www.bhi-erc.com/ projects/ Sandia National Laboratories Sandia National Laboratories www.sandia.gov/ Main.html Transportation Risk & Packaging at Sandia National Laboratories http://ttd.sandia.gov/ risk/gis.htm Southwestern Power Marketing Administration Southwestern Power Marketing Administration www.swpa.gov/index. html Stanford Linear Accelerator Center Welcome to SLAC (Stanford Linear Accelerator Center) www.slac.stanford.edu Thomas Jefferson National Accelerator Facility Thomas Jefferson National Accelerator Facility www.jlab.org Thomas Jefferson National Accelerator Facility Integrated Emergency Management www.jlab.org/intralab/ emergency/ Western Area Power Marketing Administration Western Area Power Administration Home Page www.wapa.gov Yucca Mountain Site Office Yucca Mountain Project Home Page www.ymp.gov Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) United States Department of Health and Human Services www.hhs.gov

Agency/ Suborganization Title of Web Site for Program, Office, or Initiative Location DOS (cont.) Office of Protocol Office of Protocol www.state.gov/s/cpr/ U.S. Embassies U.S. Dept of State FOIA [Freedom of Information Act] Electronic Reading Room www.foia.state.gov/ mms/KOH/keyofficers. asp Department of the Interior (DOI) Department of the Interior www.doi.gov Bureau of Indian Affairs This Website Is Temporarily Unavailable www.doi.gov/bureauindian-affairs.html Bureau of Land Management BLM AML Inventory Page—Link to AMLS [Abandoned Mine Lands Information System] www.blm.gov/aml/ amlis.htm Bureau of Land Management National Web Page (Alaskan Regional Office) www.ak.blm.gov BLM Arizona—Lake Havasu Field Office GPS Maps www.az.blm.gov/gps/ gps.htm Download GCDB Data www.ca.blm.gov/ cadastral/readme.html BLM Colorado—Browse Page www.co.blm.gov/ browse/browse_2_13. htm BLM-ES Home Page (Eastern States Regional Office) www.es.blm.gov/ Home—BLM GLO [General Land Office] Records www.glorecords.blm. gov GeoCom Explorer www.geocommuni cator.gov/explorer Land Survey Information System www.lsi.blm.gov/ website/lsi/viewer.htm? Title=Land%20Survey %20Information Geospatial Support Team www.blm.gov/gis/ Idaho Bureau of Land Management www.id.blm.gov

gency/ Suborganization Title of Web Site for Program, Office, or Initiative Location DOI (cont.) United States Geological Survey (cont.) Center for Integration of Natural Disaster Information (CINDI) Index Page http://cindi.usgs.gov Noga Online—Choose a Map http://certmapper.cr. usgs.gov/noga/servlet/ MapWindowServ EarthExplorer http://edcsns17.cr.usgs. gov/EarthExplorer/ USGS ESIC: Earth Science Information Centers http://mapping.usgs. gov/esic/esic_index. html USGS GEO-DATA Explorer http://dss1.er.usgs.gov USGS Mapping Information: Geographic Names Information System (GNIS) http://geonames.usgs. gov USGS Geologic Information— Maps http://pubs.usgs.gov/ products/maps/ Earth Science Data on the Global Land Information System http://edcwww.cr.usgs. gov/webglis/ USGS: Maps on Demand http://rockyweb.cr.usgs. gov/mod/index.html Digital Raster Graphics http://mcmcweb.er. usgs.gov/drg/ U.S. Geological Survey: Mineral Resources On-Line Spatial Data http://mrdata.usgs.gov/ index.html EarthExplorer Map Finder (Photofinder/NAPP) http://edcwww.cr.usgs. gov/Webglis/glisbin/ finder_main.pl?dataset _name=NAPP National Atlas of the United States http://nationalatlas.gov /natlas/natlasstart.asp US COALQUAL Database Introduction (National Coal Resources Data System) http://energy.er.usgs.g ov/products/databases/ CoalQual/intro.htm

Databases of Medium Significance The Department of Transportation and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission Of the 629 federal databases examined, we found four that appeared to have medium significance. These four databases have been either withdrawn since 9/11 or were password-protected since then. At the Department of Transportation Research and Special Programs Administration, we identified two databases that looked potentially significant: the Office of Pipeline Safety’s Pipeline Risk Management/Integrity Management Database and the Office of Pipeline Safety’s National Pipeline Mapping System. Ranking conservatively and using the limited information describing these databases caused us to classify them as medium significance. However, wewere unable to examine the databases directly because of password restriction; so an extensive evaluation might change such a ranking. The third database identified as having medium significance was the Nuclear Regulatory Commission’s (NRC’s) Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Plant Information Books detailing U.S. nuclear facilities, which the agency had previously placed on the Web before they were withdrawn following 9/11. We could not directly view this database because it was not even found on a Web archive site. Based on the description of this site and the fact that it contained detailed information about nuclear facilities’ internal workings, we ranked it as having medium significance for targeting usefulness. We identified a few alternatives for the detailed technical information it likely contained. For example, the Natural Resources Defense Council, an environmental NGO, publishes a book on nuclear weapons manufacturing that includes extensive technical information about the internal workings of the facilities.1 Given that the alternatives for this NRC’s database were low and our team’s targeting feedback medium, the site was considered as having medium significance. The fourth example, U.S. Bureau of Reclamation’s DataWeb site, we describe more in depth below. U.S. Bureau of Reclamation’s DataWeb: The Grand Coulee Dam The Department of the Interior (DOI) Bureau of Reclamation’s DataWeb online mapping Web site also was ranked as having medium significance, although the site was withdrawn from public access after 9/11. Prior to the attacks, the Web site provided detailed technical information for dam community users, such as industry and universities, containing comprehensive case files and records of its dams and activities. When examining this database, we used the Grand Coulee Dam as our case study. The detailed engineering information on the dam could conceivably be useful to potential attackers, both for choosing the target and helping plan an attack. Most of the detailed technical _____________ 1 Cochran (1987).

information is not traditional geospatial information but rather operational information about internal features and functions of the dam. In searching for alternative sources for this type of information, we found that such sources exist but with differing levels of content. However, most of the alternatives did not have as much or as specific detailed information (e.g., internal features and functions) on the dam, so the alternatives were ranked as low. We found federal, state, and local government; NGO; international; and individual sources with alternative information, most which contained more general information than that found on the DataWeb source yet widely available due to Grand Coulee’s public nature. Since the facility is a well-known tourist destination, general information was not difficult to find. Table C.1 provides specific examples of alternative sources for two types of general information: location and information about the importance of the facility (such as the fact that it is the largest hydroelectric energy generation facility in the United States). Other federal sources included the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and The Federal Emergency Management Agency’s Dam Safety Program; state and local government sources included the Grand Coulee Chamber of Commerce and Washington state; and national and international NGOs included the Association of Dam Safety Officials, the U.S. and International Committee on Large Dams, and the World Commission on Dams. Even individuals’ Web sites provided some interesting more detailed information related to internal features, such as a biking enthusiast’s site that provided pictures and details about his bike ride and visit to the dam, as well as a Grand Coulee Dam enthusiast who provided pictures of internal features. We ranked DataWeb as having medium potential significance to attackers because it contains potentially useful information (i.e., medium usefulness) and because the alternative sources were ranked low, since detailed data were available but limited and harder to obtain.
Critical Sites: Accessibility and Potential Vulnerability For potential attackers, such as terrorist groups, seeking to cause casualties or economic disruption, the United States is a “target-rich environment.” Many critical sites are relatively vulnerable to various types of attacks involving conventional explosives, weapons of mass destruction, or unconventional means of attack, such as aircraft crashes. As a recent U.S. government report on physical protection of critical infrastructures notes: Our Nation’s critical infrastructures and key assets are a highly complex, heterogeneous, and interdependent mix of facilities, systems, and functions that are vulnerable to a wide variety of threats. Their sheer numbers, pervasiveness, and interconnected nature create an almost infinite array of high-payoff targets for terrorist exploitation.1 These vulnerabilities arise from a variety of factors, including the nature of many facilities and structures as well as the fact that most critical sites are relatively accessible to the public and thus particularly vulnerable to various types to attackers. While increased security measures were instituted at many critical sites (e.g., airports, bridges, tunnels, train stations) following 9/11, public access to a majority of such locations cannot be fundamentally curtailed without imposing unacceptable social and economic costs. To improve the protection of the most critical facilities and locations within the U.S. homeland, the federal government is pursuing a comprehensive national approach to their physical and cyber protection in partnership with state and local governments and the private sector. A key element of this strategy is developing comprehensive, multitier protection policies and programs2 that are likely to incorporate information protection policies to ensure that potential attackers are denied access to sensitive information on critical facilities and locations, including geospatial information. _____________ 1 The White House (2003, p. 2). 2 The White House (2003, p. 16).

Table D.1 U.S. Critical Infrastructure Sectors Sector Example Assets Degree of Public Accessibility Agriculture • Grain storage elevators Medium to substantial Food • Meat processing plants Medium to substantial Water • Drinking water facilities • Dams Substantial Limited to substantial Public health • Hospitals • National pharmaceutical stockpiles and supplies Substantial Limited Emergency services • Emergency operations centers Medium to substantial Government • Government agency headquarters • Regional offices Limited to medium Medium to substantial Defense industrial base • Military equipment manufacturing plants Medium to substantial Information and telecommunications • Transmission sites • Internet backbone facilities Medium Medium to substantial Energy • Nuclear power plants • Oil refineries Limited to medium Limited to medium Transportation • Bridges • Tunnels • Pipelines Substantial Substantial Substantial Banking and finance • Major financial exchanges • Financial utilities Substantial Medium Chemical industry and hazardous materials • Chemical processing plants • Hazmat material transportation Limited to medium Medium to substantial Postal and shipping • Mail processing centers Medium to substantial about their potential exploitability. Clearly, not all infrastructures generate information that is vital or volatile. After all, the “sensitivity” of publicly available information varies depending on the accessibility of the site. The more accessible and open the site, the less sensitive additional information on the site becomes. Inversely, the less acces-

transportation, have hybrid sites that include publicly accessible locations (e.g., airports) that have limited access components (e.g., control towers). Government is virtually the only critical infrastructure sector with highly restricted access locations. As an example of how accessibility can vary substantially within a critical infrastructure sector, we examine the diversity of types of facilities and structures associated with the energy sector, which consists of two main components: electrical power systems and oil and natural gas. Energy Sector Electrical Power Systems Electrical power systems are complex networks composed of the generation, transmission, control, and support networks, which work together to supply electricity to end users. Overall, the national electrical power grid is an extremely interconnected and dynamic system. It is comprised of more than 3,000 utilities and rural cooperatives. The major electrical power generation sources are coal, nuclear, hydroelectric, gas, and petroleum. The generation systems can include steam turbines, diesel engines, and hydraulic turbines. Transmission networks are the means of electricity transfer from generators to end users. Control networks are the information control points that regulate overall system operations. Support networks provide resources and information that the other networks need to operate. Energy Sector: Oil and Natural Gas Oil and natural gas supplies more than 60 percent of U.S. energy consumption.5 This high level is in large part because oil and natural gas energy encompass a wide range of applications, from electric _____________ 5 National Petroleum Council (2001, p. 4).

power generation to automobiles, and is composed of a range of fuel types, including crude and refined petroleum, petroleum-derived fuels (e.g., kerosene), and natural gas (e.g., liquid, compressed). Production, storage, and transportation components make up the oil and natural gas critical infrastructure. The production component of oil and natural gas relates to fuel extraction from underground sources—for example, through drilling facilities and recovery fields. The processing component includes refining and processing facilities. The transportation and storage component consists of the physical means of transfer—through pipelines, ships, rails, and storage in fuel tanks. Additionally, such information networks as SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) regulate overall system operations. As with the electrical power system, one can see the multiple components at work, each involving facilities, networks, and multiple nodes at which access considerations could come into play. Vulnerabilities The potential vulnerabilities of the energy sector vary significantly with regard to possible impact within and outside its systems. Vulnerabilities exist in terms of both physical and cyber attack. In general terms, the targets of potential highest value are those located in populated rural or urban areas where attacks will generate the greatest prospective impact. In addition, energy-sector facilities that contain hazardous materials, of which there are many, could also prove vulnerable targets. Targets meeting both of these criteria should be considered as highly vulnerable. Most facilities in the energy sector tend to fall into the limited access category of sites. These facilities include • Electrical Power Systems —generation facilities, such as nuclear power plants, fossil fuel plants, and many hydroelectric dams —control networks, including control centers —support networks, such as information systems like SCADA network hardware and the transportation and storage of fuel essential to power generation such as fuel storage sites
• Oil and Natural Gas —production facilities, such as drilling platforms and fields —processing and storage facilities, including oil refineries, gas plants, and storage tanks —information control networks, such as SCADA system network hardware. Such high-value facilities tend to have limited public access because they are locations where the general public is usually not authorized to be and often have at least a minimal degree of security measures, including fences or barriers to make unauthorized entry difficult as well as access controls and security personnel. There are, however, some important types of critical infrastructure facilities and transportation assets in the energy sector that are publicly accessible: • Electrical Power Systems —transmission networks, such as transformers, microwave communication towers, and transmission substations • Oil and Natural Gas Facilities —transportation mechanisms, including pipelines, compressor stations, ports, rail lines, ships, and trucks. Thus, this examination of the energy sector illustrates the diversity of its subcomponents and the varying degrees of public access associated with these critical sites. Other Key Assets The range of critical U.S. infrastructure sites is vast but not allinclusive of potential homeland vulnerabilities. Homeland locations that are not components of the critical infrastructure sectors may also be at risk of attack by terrorists or other adversaries. Other key assets do exist besides the critical infrastructure sectors. As noted earlier, these assets generally fall into three types of sites: (1) locations of cultural significance, (2) special event locations, and (3) military
installations. We assess their relative degree of accessibility in Table D.2 and the following paragraphs: • Locations of cultural significance encompass virtually all locations that are recognizable as national symbols. These sites can include monuments, landmarks, buildings, and other structures that uniquely represent a national or regional characteristic of America. Most of these locations feature a high degree of public access, such as the Lincoln Memorial, St. Louis Arch, Seattle Space Needle, and various national parks. • Special event locations primarily apply to sites of large population gatherings that occur regularly or sporadically. Examples include major sporting events, such as the Super Bowl, World Series, Olympic Games, World Cup, or other major public events, such as the New Year’s Eve celebration in New York City’s Times Square or Fourth of July celebrations in large cities across the country, including the Washington Mall. Other events that can feature large gatherings of population include religious gatherings and large entertainment events or simply large commercial business establishments (e.g., shopping centers during seasonal peaks). Although perimeter security is increasingly a feature at some of these locations where large population gathering occur, such as the Super Bowl, these venues are fundamentally accessible to well-organized attackers that could exploit the vulnerability through disguised ground attacks or attacks from above using aircraft or standoff weapons. • Military installations represent a special category of critical sites that largely have limited public access. These relatively numerous sites are dispersed around the U.S. homeland in a wide range of urban, suburban, and rural locations. Particularly since 9/11, public access to military installations has been severely curtailed. On the other hand, most military installations rely on a wide array of commercial services to perform routine support services as a result of a continuing trend toward outsourcing nonessential activities. As a result, access restrictions may vary.
Table D.2 Relative Public Accessibility to Key Assets Locations Examples Relative Degree of Public Accessibility Locations of cultural significance • Historical locations • National monuments • National parks Substantial Substantial Substantial Large population gatherings • Major sporting or entertainment events • National celebrations • Commercial centers Medium to substantial Medium to substantial Medium to substantial Military installations • The Pentagon • Army installations • Air Force bases • Navy installations Low to medium Low to medium Low to medium Low to high Furthermore, some military installations, such as the Pentagon and some U.S. naval surface fleet areas can be observed through drive-by vehicles or local boat traffic. Finally, private aircraft and helicopters could be used for fly-by observation of at least the facilities located near the periphery of these military installations. Summary This overview highlights the diversity of facilities that comprise the nation’s critical infrastructure, as well as certain other key locations (e.g., cultural landmarks, military installations) that could be the target of attacks by terrorist groups or others. One particularly useful way of categorizing these disparate critical sites is to consider what degree of accessibility they permit to potential adversaries seeking information for targeting purposes. Many facilities (e.g., rail stations, bridges, hospitals) are highly accessible to the public and, therefore, to such potential attackers. This direct access greatly enhances the attacker’s opportunities for acquiring the types of information needed

Baker, John C., Kevin M. O’Connell, and Ray A. Williamson, eds., Commercial Observation Satellites: At the Leading Edge of Global Transparency, Santa Monica, Calif.: RAND Corporation and the American Society for Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing, MR-1229, 2001. Bernhardsen, Tor, Geographic Information Systems: An Introduction, 2nd edition, New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1999. Cochran, Thomas B., William M. Arkin, Robert S. Norris, and Milton M. Hoenig, Nuclear Weapons Databook Series Volume III: U.S. Nuclear Warhead Facility Profiles, New York: Harper & Row, 1987. Eversole, John, “For Responders’ Sake, Retain Hazmat Placarding,” Homeland Protection Professional, November/December 2002, p. 12. Fischer, Steven, and Samuel Hall, “US National Mapping System Growing, Adjusting to Security Concerns,” Oil & Gas Journal, November 26, 2001, pp. 68–72. Foresman, Timothy W., ed., The History of Geographic Information Systems: Perspectives from the Pioneers, Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall PTR, 1998. Francica, Joe, “MapQuest.com Serves Maps to the Masses,” Business Geographics, May 2000. Frost & Sullivan, World Remote-Sensing Data and GIS Software Markets, Mountain View, Calif., 1999. Georgia GIS Data Clearinghouse, “About the Clearinghouse.” Online at www.gis.state.ga.us/Clearinghouse/clearinghouse.html (accessed January 2004).

“Geospatial One-Stop,” Federal Geographic Data Committee Newsletter, Vol. 6, No. 1, Winter 2002. Gillespie, Stephen R., GIS Technology Benefits: Efficiency and Effectiveness Gains, U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, Va., 1994a. _____, “Measuring the Benefits of GIS Use: Two Transportation Case Studies,” URISA Journal, Vol. 6, No. 2, Fall 1994b. _____, “A Model Approach to Estimating GIS Benefits,” unpublished article, U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, Va., 1997. Guzy, Gary S., “Are We Protecting Secrets or Removing Safeguards?” Washington Post, November 24, 2002. Hammond, Mark, “Business Mapping Helps Companies Make the Right Moves,” eWEEK, January 29, 1999. Homeland Security Act of 2002. Online at www.dhs.gov/interweb/ assetlibrary/hr_5005_enr.pdf (accessed December 2003).
Lachman, Beth E., “Public-Private Partnerships for Data Sharing: A Dynamic Environment,” Santa Monica, Calif.: RAND Corporation, DRU-2259-NASA/OSTP, April 2000. Lachman, Beth E., Anny Wong, Debra Knopman, and Kim Gavin, Lessons for the Global Spatial Data Infrastructure: International Case Study Analysis, Santa Monica, Calif.: RAND Corporation, DB-380-USGS, 2002. Longmore-Etheridge, Ann, “Refined Protection,” Security Management, August 2002, pp. 45–51. Lowe, Jonathan W., “Maps in Motion: Spatial Data on Mobile Devices,” Geospatial Solutions, June 2000. McInnis, Logan, and Stuart Blundell, “Analysis of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) Implementations in State and County Governments of Montana,” prepared for the Montana Geographic Information Council, Helena, Mont., October 1998. McKee, Lance, “Local Governments Benefit from ‘Open’ Web Mapping,” GEOWorld, August 2000. Meisner, Sue, “NIMA Joins with USGS and FGDC to Form National Coalition for Geospatial Assurance,” The Edge, November 2001, pp. 12–13.

2004-09-24T14:47:00.000-07:00

Figure 3.5 Map from Minerals Management Service’s Web Site Showing the Location of the Houchin Platform One Web page also provides a text description that includes basic attribute information about the site, such as geospatial information. For example, the site notes that the platform is located at 4.1 miles off the California coast and at a water depth of 163 feet. This information is used by both the operators of the leases and others who are interested in the safety and guidance for sound operating practice at these sites. Alternative sources describing the platform are readily available. In fact, there are many nonfederal sources with the same and potentially more useful information. Table 3.4 provides examples of these nonfederal sources. There are four types of information illustrated in this table: the image of the facility, the location of the facility, water depth, and energy production information. All these examples consist of general information that appears to be useful for a potential attacker in choosing the target and providing its general location.

Table 3.4 Federal and Nonfederal Data Source Comparison for the Minerals Management Service: Houchin Offshore Mining Platform Data Element at Federal Site a Nonfederal Alternative Sources Providing the Same Data Web Address Image of the facility County of Santa Barbara Planning and Development: Energy Division www.countyofsb.org/energy/ information/offshorePlatforms. asp Scuba Diving magazine www2.scubadiving.com/US/oilrigs/ General location: 4.1 miles off the California coast Maptech Nautical Charts http://mapserver.maptech.com/ homepage/index.cfm?lat=34.3988 90000000002&lon=-119.5175& scale=232188&zoom=50&type=0& icon=0&searchscope=dom& scriptfile=http://mapserver. maptech.com/homepage/index. cfm&latlontype=DMS County of Santa Barbara Planning and Development: Energy Division www.countyofsb.org/energy/ information/offshorePlatforms. asp California State Lands Commission Registry of Oil Platforms www.slc.ca.gov/Division_Pages/ MRM/oilfacilities.htm Water depth: 163 feet Maptech Nautical Charts http://mapserver.maptech.com/ homepage/index.cfm?lat=34. 398890000000002&lon=-119. 5175&scale=232188&zoom=50& type=0&icon=0&searchscope= dom&scriptfile=http://mapserver. maptech.com/homepage/index. cfm&latlontype=DMS County of Santa Barbara Planning and Development: Energy Division www.countyofsb.org/energy/ information/offshorePlatforms. asp California State Lands Commission Registry of Oil Platforms www.slc.ca.gov/Division_Pages/ MRM/oilfacilities.htm University of California Study on Decommissioning Platforms www.ucop.edu/research/ucmc_ decommissioning/pdf/decomm_ report.pdf

Table 3.4—Continued Data Element at Federal Site a Nonfederal Alternative Sources Providing the Same Data Web Address Average Volume/Production: 808k/28M Avg Annl/Cum BBLS (average annual cumulative billion barrels) S. L. Ross Environmental Research Ltd. www.slross.com/publications/ mms%5C413-AssessmentOf DispersantsForCaliforniaAbstract. pdf awww.mms.gov/omm/pacific/offshore/platforms/pacificopsplatform.htm#PLATFORM% 20HOUCHIN. Alternatives for General Location Information. In terms of location information about the platform and pipelines, other federal sources offer the same type of information (e.g., nautical charts generated by NGA and NOAA). Some commercial coastal maps also provide such information. For example, Maptech sells a nautical chart for the area and provides a sample chart via the Web (see, for example, Figure 3.6). Maptech’s digital charts come from a federal source, NOAA. The company has a Cooperative Research and Development Agreement with the agency to produce such charts. Another source example is the County of Santa Barbara’s Planning and Development Department’s Energy Division,29 which also supplies a coastal map showing the platform (see Figure 3.7). Comparing Figures 3.5, 3.6, and 3.7, it is clear that all three maps contain basic information about the general platform location and pipelines going to shore. Such information needs to be on the nautical charts so that commercial ships and recreational boats do not collide with these sites. Given this need, such charts are widely available and easy to access or purchase without any accountability of who has acquired them. _____________ 29 See www.countyofsb.org/energy/who/oil&gasMap.asp.

In addition, other federal agencies also provide locational information for Houchin. For example, USGS provides well information with latitudes and longitudes for the core drilling locations.30 Because of environmental permitting requirements, EPA also supplies some basic location information on this platform.31 _____________ 30 See http://greenwood.cr.usgs.gov/crc/data/CA/ca-cotrs.htm. 31 See www.epa.gov/region09/water/npdes/generalpermit1.pdf.

Sample of State and Local Government Sources. Similarly, state and local governments supply information about the Houchin platform site for environmental and development permits and approval processes. For example, the Santa Barbara County Air Pollution Control District32 provides detailed information regarding the facility and its hazardous air quality emissions as required by law, namely because of the facility’s operating permit that is required by Title V of the Clean Air Act Amendments. The county’s Planning and Development Department supplies information about water depth and location of the platform,33 as do some state agencies, such as the Cali_____________ 32 See www.sbcapcd.org/eng/titlev/pooi.htm. 33 See www.countyofsb.org/energy/information/offshorePlatforms.asp.

fornia State Lands Commission Registry of Oil Platforms.34 This type of information is placed in the public domain because of public accountability for such facilities and/or state and local requirements or policies about public input or right to know. Sample of Industry and Trade Association Sources. Rigzone35 is a private company that supplies information about the oil and gas industry. It sells a digital three-dimensional marine chart that contains some locational information about the Houchin site. The Western States Petroleum Association, an industry trade group, also supplies minimal general information about the site.36 Such groups as S. L. Ross Environmental Research Ltd.37 often supply information about production at site, which provides the same average volume information as the MMS federal site (see Table 3.4). Sample of Other Sources with Potentially More Useful Information. We also identified some unusual sources that provide potentially more useful information to attackers because they offer more specific information about the platform operational details and internal facility layout. We present three examples, which are detailed below and summarized in Table 3.5. 1. An online scuba-diving magazine contains a scuba diving enthusiast’s article describing the swimming conditions around the platform, such as depth and surge. Such information could potentially be used by a scuba-diving attacker to estimate the accessibility of the platform. 2. A geologist tour group around the facility provides information that could potentially help more in planning an attack. For example, it provides more detailed pictures of the platform. _____________ 34 See www.slc.ca.gov/Division_Pages/MRM/oilfacilities.htm. 35 See www.rigzone.com/search/c/companies/exploration_production/. 36 See http://api-ec.api.org/newsplashpage/index.cfm. 37 See www.slross.com/publications/mms%5C413-AssessmentOfDispersantsForCalifornia Abstract.pdf.

Table 3.5 Examples of Nonfederal Data Sources Providing Additional Information on the Houchin Offshore Mining Platform Type of Information Nonfederal Alternative Source Description Web Address Estimate of platform accessibility by scuba diving Scuba Diving magazine www2.scubadiving.com/US/oilrigs/ Expert knowledge and detailed photos Geologist tour group of the Houchin platform www.geocities.com/Yosemite/ Meadows/5926/field.htm Internal video of different parts of the platform Television episode www.thex-files.com/episodes/ season8/8x18.html 3. Video images of the actual site are available from tapes of a television episode. The entire episode takes place on the platform and contains detailed images of multiple locations on the platform. All these examples illustrate the diversity of sources for similar, additional, and potentially even more useful geospatial information on the Houchin platform. Our sampling analysis found this pattern repeated in the other case studies. The details vary, but the fact that unexpected and unusual sources of information were found was common. Ranking of the Significance of This MMS Information Source. We do not consider MMS a significant federal source for fulfilling an attacker’s information needs for two reasons: its usefulness is low, and its information is not unique. The usefulness of this database (based on the targeting analysis) is ranked low because its information is so general, although it may increase potential attackers’ “nice to have” knowledge about the site. It does little to reduce the need for the attacker to gather current, high-fidelity information that is necessary for detailed planning of an attack. In addition, since we found that many alternatives exist for this data source, as noted earlier, an attacker can readily obtain the same, similar, and potentially more useful information from other sources.

Alternative Sources for TRI Information. To explore alternatives for a specific critical site, we chose to look at the Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania, petrochemical plant (www.epa.gov/tri/tridata/tri00/ index.htm). Alternative sources describing this plant are readily available. In fact, there are many sources with the same, similar, and possibly more useful information. Table 3.6 provides examples of these alternative nonfederal sources across two types of information they provide: location of the facility and chemicals located at the facility. All the examples provide general information for identifying and locating the Marcus Hook oil refinery. Duplication of TRI data. Other organizations also make TRI data available to the public through their own data access tools. Federal sources include HUD’s E-MAPS39 and the Department of Commerce’s LANDVIEW.40 NGO sources include Unison Institute’s RTKNet41 and Environmental Defense’s “Scorecard” tools,42 both of which stem from environmental watchdog organizations that try to make it even easier for the public to use the information. For example, Scorecard integrates TRI data with other environmental and demographic datasets into a single, easy-to-use Web site with access to more than 400 datasets. The user types in a state, local community, or zip code to learn quickly about environmental issues in his or her community. Scorecard also allows the user to rank and compare the pollution situation in different areas—that is, comparing counties within a state or across the country. In turn, Scorecard profiles 6,800 chemicals, making it easy for anyone to find out where chemicals are used and how hazardous they are. _____________ 39 See www.hud.gov/offices/cio/emaps/index.cfm. 40 See www.census.gov/geo/landview/. 41 See http://d1.rtknet.org/tri/. 42 See www.scorecard.org/general/tri/tri_gen.html.

Table 3.6 Marcus Hook Oil Refinery: Federal and Nonfederal Data Source Comparison for the Environmental Protection Agency’s Toxics Release Inventory Data Element at Federal Site Nonfederal Alternative Source for the Same Data Web Address General plant location: plant address PASDA (Pennsylvania Spatial Data Access) www.pasda.psu.edu/summary. cgi/epa/epa-pa_tri.xml Verizon Superpages.com directory listing http://yp111.superpages.com/ listings.phtml?SRC=&STYPE= S&PG=L&CB=&C=&N=sunoco& T=marcus+hook&S=PA&R=N& search=Find+It MapQuest.com www.mapquest.com a Chemicals contained at the plant PASDA (Pennsylvania Spatial Data Access) www.pasda.psu.edu/summary. cgi/epa/epa-pa_tri.xml Right-to-Know network databases http://d1.rtknet.org/ern/ National Safety Council www.nsc.org/library/chemical/ xylenes.htm Clary-Meuser Research Network www.mapcruzin.com/tri_2000_ maps/#pa Good Neighbor Project for Sustainable Communities (Envirolink) http://gnp.enviroweb.org/hf1. htm aSee www.mapquest.com/directions/main.adp?go=1&do=nw&ct=NA&1y=US&1a=1200 +South+Hayes+St&1p=&1c=Arlington&1s=VA&1z=&1ah=&2y=US&2a=7+W+DELAWAR E+AVE&2p=&2c=Marcus+Hook&2s=PA&2z=&2ah=&lr=2&x=48&y=15. It is important to note that states also receive TRI data, and many states place their own version of the TRI data in the public domain. Therefore, even if the federal government decides to restrict access to TRI, the same data could be publicly available from state sources. Besides the TRI data being available from other sources, there are also other sources that provide the same, similar, or potentially more useful information about a critical site. We illustrate some of these other sources by organization types for the plant at Marcus Hook.
Sample of Other Federal Sources. Other federal sources, such as EPA’s Biennial Reporting System, DOE’s EIA, and the Security and Exchange Commission also provide information about the plant. Sample of State and Local Government Sources. State and local agencies also provide information to the public about the Marcus Hook site. The Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection, for instance, supplies information about the chemicals contained at the plant (see Table 3.6). Sample of Industry and Trade Association Sources. Current and historical plant owners, plant suppliers, and the American Chemistry Council (formerly the Chemical Manufacturers Association) all supply information about the Marcus Hook facility. For example, on its Web site, Sunoco Facilities Information43 provides a picture, an address, the number of employees, and detailed information about the main petrochemicals produced at the plant, including general capacity processing information. Moreover, Platts Petrochemical Alert,44 an industry trade association, makes available information about plant production capacity. Sample of Other Sources Providing Potentially More Useful Information. We also found a few nonfederal sources that contained operational details and internal plant facility information, which is potentially more useful information given attackers’ needs. Information about the facility’s security procedures (such as the number of guards on-site and technology upgrades) appears in a publicly available security management magazine. An industry press release about oil tankers by the Sun Company features a diagram showing oil tanker docking locations at the plant. These examples illustrate the diversity of similar or possibly more useful information available for the site. Ranking of the Significance of This Toxics Release Inventory Information Source. For potential attackers’ information needs, the TRI database was found to be not significant, because of both useful_____________ 43 See www.aristechchem.com/products/refineries.htm. 44 See www.platts.com/features/ethylene/namericaplants.shtml.

that potential attackers have at their disposal. Other information sources, such as direct observation or social engineering, could be better suited for satisfying their very specific information requirements for executing an attack with a high expectation of mission success. The types of needed information vary substantially with the attack mode under consideration. In addition, potential attackers would be able to offset information collection shortfalls by altering their attack plans or target selections. This basic diversity and flexibility in the attacker’s information requirements needs to be a key consideration in any assessment to identify the homeland security sensitivity of a particular geospatial information source. Attack Planning Information. Once attackers select a target, they need detailed and timely information for planning their attack operations. Table 4.2 identifies some of the most sensitive types of information that attackers are likely to seek in planning their operations, which include both geospatial information (e.g., internal facility layout and location of facility vulnerabilities) and nongeospatial information (e.g., essential engineering details or security personnel equipment). This table refers only to features that are not directly observable. This type of information is particularly valuable to attackers because it is not directly observable through either public access or overhead imaging. In addition, any information on the local or systemic consequences of achieving a successful attack, beyond the obvious impact, would probably be valued greatly by potential attackers. For example, up-to-date knowledge of the security measures and practices would not only be useful for the attackers’ selection of targets but essential for planning an attack with high confidence. The values in the table represent our evaluation of the relative importance of the different types of high-value attack planning information when considered on a discrete basis. However, it does not preclude the possibility that any particular piece of information, whether geospatial or other, could have relatively higher value if the attacker is adept at aggregating the information in such a way to achieve a synergistic effect.

Table 4.2 Types of High-Value Attack Planning Information a Examples of Sensitive Information Types Target Selection Attack Planning Internal Features • Control centers • Power sources • Communication lines X X X Engineering Details • Facility construction • Equipment layout and details XX X Operational Details • Day-to-day plant schedules • Security measures and practices X X XX XX Attack Assessment • Specific site consequences • General impact (local or regional) X X aA single “X” indicates that a particular type of sensitive information is likely to be considered desirable in meeting attackers’ information needs, while a double “X” indicates more highly desirable information. Filter 2: Assessing the Uniqueness of Geospatial Information The second filter in the analytical framework assesses whether a specific piece of geospatial information is available widely or only through federal sources. Any decision to restrict public access to such geospatial information needs to consider whether confining a particular piece of geospatial information would actually deny potential attackers needed information for executing an attack. This determination depends on whether the information provided by a geospatial source is relatively unique or whether information of comparable quality is readily available to the attackers from other sources. Such information could be publicly accessible geospatial information from nonfederal geospatial sources, as well as information that an attacker might obtain through direct reconnaissance of a potential target. If acceptable substitute sources of information are readily available, the expected homeland security benefits of restricting public access…

The key exception to this general expectation is any type of geospatial information that reveals the location of vulnerabilities in the critical infrastructure that are not obvious or widely known, such as a particular choke point in a major power grid or telecommunications network. Compared with the ready availability of information that permits target identification and location, useful attack planning information for a particular critical infrastructure facility is much more difficult to find in publicly available sources. Given this condition of “information scarcity,” any publicly available sources providing this type of detailed and timely information (e.g., internal facility equipment layout details or specifics on the security perimeter) should be more closely examined concerning their potential sensitivity for homeland security.

A useful feature of this approach is that it separates the establishment of protection levels from the types of installations that might need to be protected. One of the most contentious issues is determining the appropriate level for an installation. The issue is complicated because, above and beyond the protection decision for the geo_____________ 12 In the United States, command-and-control models for security have little precedent outside a narrow range of activities in which federal issues are at stake. These issues have included national security, and those such as nuclear safety that have been born as federal issues. Homeland defense would seem to be one of the issues that would likewise trigger intervention. Unfortunately, in this model, effective federal action would likely need to be so pervasive (identifying which kinds of information, protection strategies, needs for information system, and physical security of the data) that it would be quite cumbersome in operation.

ters. Similarly, U.S. Northern Command (NORTHCOM) is likely to ensure that those responsible for operational security at DoD installations are aware of any assessments concerning publicly available geospatial information that could affect the protection of their facilities and activities. Constructing the initial matrix will be challenging, but it is perhaps the most important step in ensuring that the overall system for information protection will be properly set up. The following are key issues that will need to be addressed in formulating and implementing a more comprehensive and formal approach to information protection. • Threat Model. The development of standardized threat models is vital, since it will drive the design of the detailed protection strategies. Choices need to be made as to whether the degree of the threat will be regarded purely as an outsider threat or whether insiders are to be considered in the threat space. Decisions as to the probable sophistication of possible attackers also will have to be made to get a handle on possible modalities of attack. • Assurance. Tough decisions will have to be made as to the level of assurance desired for the protection level. Which levels constitute high-assurance protection? Which are essentially schemes to allow security to be tipped off to actions and slow attackers? Which are markers to warn off the casual snooper? Simply saying the information needs to be protected neglects these issues and the very real costs involved in attempting simply to implement a security schema. • Protection Levels. The next step in instituting an effective security system is to begin associating specific set actions in the physical, information protection, and personnel realms that would be associated with the desired total level of protection. The goal here would be to avoid associating an inappropriate protection measure with an incorrect threat and protection level. For instance, in the context of computer network security, if the protection level is relatively low, imposing requirements for pro-tecting against adversary use of unintended emissions for information systems would be inappropriate; however, protecting against a site operating an unsecured wireless network access point might be very appropriate. • Certification Process. Once a system has been designed, it is important to consider how to assess whether or not protection levels have been achieved. Will it be a process-oriented standard in which going through the right procedures will yield a certification? Will it be certified by an assessment group? A processoriented approach probably would not be adequate on its own, since it is quite possible to build an insecure system from secure elements. An auditing approach that allows some level of site monitoring would be appropriate to determine how well the standard is being followed. The whole issue of certification is complex and would require further analysis as to which approach would be best. • Facility Selection. Finally, the big issue of deciding which groups of facilities should be included in the security model also needs consideration. The issue is clearly contentious, and there will be serious matters in regard to how the decision should be made and what the factors are that should determine the association of facilities with different security levels. Should it be based on damage to U.S. national security issues, loss of life, economic factors, or other aspects? If it is a mix, as it probably will be, what is the correct weighting? Outside a few cases, there may be no consensus as to how the rules should be applied. However, the development of the guidelines will tend to make it easier for groups to do the right thing, and potentially allow approaches based on market forces, such as through insurance and liability, to be used to motivate desirable action. The end result of this comprehensive process is the development of a set of standards for protection levels that could be used and implemented in a decentralized manner. Outside of a handful of sectors, enforcement might be limited to government regulations that mandate a minimal protection level. In general, these standards…
The ability of potential attackers to exploit publicly available geospatial information significantly varies with the type of information needed. With some important exceptions, the information needed for identifying and locating potential targets is widely accessible. In comparison, detailed and up-to-date information required for attack planning against a particular target is much less readily available from publicly available sources. A diverse range of geospatial data and information sources exists that could be exploited by attackers trying to meet their target identification information needs. Given the ready availability of alternative data sources, restricting public access to such geospatial information is unlikely to be a major impediment for attackers in gaining the needed information for identifying and locating their desired U.S. targets. The key exception to this general expectation is any type of geospatial information that reveals the location of vulnerabilities in the critical infrastructure that are not obvious or widely known, such as a particular choke point in a major power grid or telecommunications network. Compared with the ready availability of information that permits target identification and location, useful attack planning information for a particular critical infrastructure facility is much more difficult to find in publicly available sources. Given this condition of “information scarcity,” any publicly available sources providing this type of detailed and timely information (e.g., internal facility equipment layout details, specifics on the security perimeter and procedures) should be examined more closely concerning their potential sensitivity for homeland security. Our results do not rule out the possibility that federal publicly available geospatial information could be exploited by potential attackers, including the possibility that discrete pieces of publicly accessible geospatial information could be aggregated by the attacker with the aim of achieving greater targeting value than is apparent when the information is viewed separately. However, these pieces of information should be identified in the context of how they might be specifically used by potential attackers. In addition, because widely available nonfederal sources often exist with similar geospatial…

Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission Federal Reserve System Federal Trade Commission General Services Administration International Joint Commission, Canada and the United States Library of Congress National Aeronautics and Space Administration National Archives and Records Administration National Capital Planning Commission National Credit Union Administration National Endowment for the Arts National Endowment for the Humanities National Labor Relations Board National Mediation Board National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) National Science Foundation National Transportation Safety Board Nuclear Regulatory Commission Nuclear Waste Technical Review Board Occupational Safety and Health Administration Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office of Personnel Management Overseas Private Investment Corporation Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation Postal Rate Commission…

Federal Geospatial Data Sources Agency/ Suborganization Title of Web Site for Program, Office, or Initiative Location Architect of the Capitol Architect of the Capitol Web Site www.aoc.gov Capitol Visitor Center Project Office Capitol Visitor Center—Overview www.aoc.gov/cvc/cvc_ overview.htm Central Intelligence Agency Central Intelligence Agency & Director of Central Intelligence www.cia.gov Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board www.dnfsb.gov Department of Agriculture (USDA) United States Department of Agriculture’s Home Page www.usda.gov Agricultural Marketing Service AMS at USDA—AMS Food Purchase Resources—Main Menu www.ams.usda.gov/cp/ AMS at USDA, Fruit and Vegetable Programs, Fresh Product Standards and Quality Certification www.ams.usda.gov/fv/ fpbdigimage.html Auditing Services www.ams.usda.gov/lsg/ arc/audit.htm Livestock and Grain Reports www.ams.usda.gov/lsg/ mncs/index.htm AMS at USDA—Science and Technology—Pesticide Data Program www.ams.usda.gov/ science/pdp/index.htm Grain Transportation Report Homepage www.ams.usda.gov/ tmd/grain.htm Agricultural Research Service USDA-ARS Hydrology and Remote Sensing Laboratory http://hydrolab.ars usda.gov Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) www.aphis.usda.gov CAHM [Center for Animal Health Monitoring] Home Page www.aphis.usda.gov/ vs/ceah/cahm/index. Htm

2004-09-24T14:45:00.000-07:00

phrases related to critical infrastructure types and geospatial information, such as “nuclear ‘plant information book’” and “‘public water supply’ GIS”. 2. A directed search of key geospatial data clearinghouses based on extensive knowledge of such clearinghouses from previous RAND work. For example, in a study for NASA’s Science Data Buy program, RAND analysts had examined and conducted case studies on more than 20 nonfederal geospatial clearinghouses.9 Similarly, a RAND study for the Global Spatial Data Infrastructure examined more than 30 national and regional spatial data infrastructure activities.10 3. Discussions with federal, state, and local governments about alternative sources and a review of the suggested sources. This analysis included a teleconference and emails with the National States Geographic Information Council (NSGIC) homeland security working group (representing about 20 different states11) and group meetings with EPA and DOI geospatial information experts. In addition, we conducted telephone interviews with local government officials in diverse parts of the United States, including, for example, New York City and Teton County, Wyoming. 4. A search for alternative information sources, including Webbased maps, documents, and other products, by looking for specific critical infrastructure types and sample critical sites. For example, we asked: What information sources can we find on U.S. nuclear power plants? What information sources can we find on a particular nuclear plant (e.g., the Calvert Cliffs nuclear power plant in Maryland)? This search consisted of three different parts: _____________ 9 See Pace et al. (2000, pp. 40–44 and Appendix 3). 10 See Lachman et al. (2002). 11 State representatives who participated in the conference call or provided input by email or through separate interviews included Arizona, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky, Maryland, Missouri, Montana, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Tennessee, Utah, Washington, West Virginia, and Wyoming.

Table 3.2 Examples of Nonfederal Geospatial Information Sources a Type of Source/ Source Example Example of Geospatial Information Provided by the Source URL/ Product Type b Industry/Commercial Businesses Pennwell Oil and Gas Energy and infrastructure information, such as industry specific maps www.mapsearch.com/ digital_products.cfm AllTopo Maps Commercial distribution for USGS topographic maps that contain information about roads, trails, etc. CD-ROM Thomas Brothers map books The Thomas Guide provides detailed road maps of local areas across the United States www.thomas.com Sunoco Oil Company Provides oil refinery information www.sunocoinc.com/ aboutsunoco/ facmhook.htm Microsoft Terraserver DOQs showing 1-meter images of buildings and other surface features terraserver.microsoft. com; www.maptech.com Universities/Colleges University of California–Berkeley’s REGIS program Coastal area maps that include information about offshore oil platforms www.regis.berkeley. edu/glinks/ Cornell University’s Digital Earth Geographic, geologic, geophysical, and imagery datasets, including images of potential critical sites http://atlas.geo.cornell. edu/geoid/metadata. html University of Arkansas Libraries On-Line Geospatial Data Clearinghouse with links to major GIS holdings across the Internet—for example, hospital and airport GIS information http://libinfo.uark.edu/ GIS/us.asp University of New Mexico’s Traffic Crash Data Center Information about major nodes of concern for state transportation infrastructure www.unm.edu/%7 Edgrint/tcd.html#gis

Table 3.2—Continued Type of Source/ Source Example Example of Geospatial Information Provided by the Source URL/ Product Type NGOs GlobalSecurity.org Specific information related to U.S. military and government facilities www.globalsecurity. org Washington D.C. Suburban Sanitary Commission Information regarding water and sewer pipe infrastructure www.wssc.dst.md.us Clary-Meuser Research Network Information about chemical emissions from industrial plants www.mapcruzin.com Federation of American Scientists Specific information related to U.S. nuclear and aerospace facilities www.fas.org National Academy of Engineers Specific technical information related to U.S. industry and infrastructure http://books.nap.edu/ nap-cgi/srchnax.cgi? term=infrastructure Natural Resources Defense Council: 1987 Nuclear Warhead Facility Profiles, Vol. III Reference document providing technical facility and operational details related to U.S. nuclear sites Hard-copy document (Cochran, 1987) Environmental Defense: Scorecard.org Information about chemical plants www.scorecard.org State and Local Governments Fairfax County, Va. Parcel and other GIS datasets, for example, providing information about federal office buildings www.co.fairfax.va.us/ maps/map.htm Teton County, Wyo. map server GIS infrastructure and parcel maps showing roads and property ownership www2.tetonwyo.org/ mapserver/ Texas Natural Resources Information System GIS base layers including energy, imagery, and transportation www.tnris.state.tx.us/ DigitalData/data_cat. Htm

Table 3.2—Continued Type of Source/ Source Example Example of Geospatial Information Provided by the Source URL/ Product Type State and Local Governments (cont.) Montgomery County, Md. GIS datasets providing information about schools and police beats http://gis.montgomery countymd.gov/ New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection Environmental and infrastructure datasets, including information about oil and chemical plants www.state.nj.us/dep/ gis/ San Diego Area’s SanGIS Transportation, water, and local infrastructure www.sangis.org/sangis/ intmaps/index.html New York State GIS Clearinghouse GIS datasets with infrastructure information www.nysgis.state.ny.us International Organizations International Commission on Large Dams/World Commission on Dams Large repository of international data on dams and dam safety issues www.icold-cigb.org/ anglais.html www.dams.org/ International Atomic Energy Agency International databases on major civilian nuclear power facilities, including U.S. facilities www.iaea.org/ worldatom/Reference/ International Association of Ports and Harbors Information about ports and harbors www.iaphworldports. org/link/main-link.htm Saint Lawrence Seaway Binational Website U.S. and Canadian facility infrastructure information www.greatlakesseaway.com/ Individuals/Private Citizens Computer Enthusiast Maps of major Internet backbone nodes available for all major networks www.nthelp.com/ maps.htm The Virtual Nuclear Tourist (.com) Technical information regarding nuclear reactors www.nucleartourist. com Bicycling enthusiast’s Web site Internal photographs of major U.S. dam www.theslowlane.com/ 93tripc/pumps.html

Table 3.2—Continued Type of Source/ Source Example Example of Geospatial Information Provided by the Source URL/ Product Type Individuals/Private Citizens (cont.) Scuba-diving enthusiast’s Web site Scuba-diving magazine details general swimming conditions around offshore facilities www2.scubadiving. com/US/oilrigs/ Militaryliving.com “Human interest” maps for retirees and military families of military installations www.militaryliving. com/maps.html Railroad enthusiast’s Web page Information about a U.S. critical site home.earthlink.net/ ~southrail/page3.html aWe are not saying these sources do or do not provide sensitive information on U.S. critical site, but rather that they provide geospatial information on such sites. bThese Web sites were accurate and available during our research collection in 2002. Some of them may have changed or been removed since then. Industry/Commercial. Given the myriad uses of geospatial information, there are many commercial sources that generate, possess, and sell geospatial information. In addition, since commercial companies own, build, operate, and/or maintain so many of U.S. critical sites, these companies and their industry trade groups have significant amounts of geospatial information that they make publicly accessible. Critical sites in which the private sector plays such a major role include transportation centers, energy transmission and supply, chemical facilities, dams, nuclear plants, and water supply and treatment plants. Moreover, private companies often are the original source of federal geospatial information because they provide some of their geospatial information to the federal government, given federal reporting requirements, or because they choose to sell it. Universities/Colleges. For educational and research purposes, universities, colleges, and trade schools also provide the public with geospatial information available about U.S. critical sites. Students who are engineering, architecture, and management majors, for example, need to learn about public infrastructure to become the future builders, maintainers, and managers of such facilities. Real-..

observed that increasing numbers of state and local governments are producing, updating, and maintaining more of their own geospatial datasets without relying on federal sources as much as they did in the past. For example, local governments in urban areas like New York City, Los Angeles (city and county), and Washington, D.C. (and many of its suburbs) have their own detailed GIS databases, which prove useful for supporting government services—e.g., police, fire, and emergency medical services dispatching—and issuing building and environmental permits. Even governments in some rural areas, like Teton County, Wyoming, and nonurban counties in Maryland, have their own extensive GIS databases, which they maintain and update without relying on federal sources. Given the information and geospatial technology advances of the past 10–20 years, such a trend makes sense. First, advances in the computer and broader information technology industry have helped bring down the cost of using geospatial systems and data. Data processing and computing power have increased significantly and also have decreased in price. Such changes have made the use of geospatial data and the processing of it—that is, investing in computer hardware and software—less expensive. Second, GIS software programs have evolved so that they have more capabilities and are easier and cheaper to use. Third, geospatial data are less expensive and simpler to acquire, create, and update. For example, GPS has made it easier to enter accurate geospatial coordinates from the field. Given all these reasons, and the fact that more state and local governments recognize the cost savings and other benefits of investing in GIS-based systems and geospatial data, it is not surprising that state and local governments are investing in their own geospatial data. It is important to note that, since 9/11, some state and local governments are restricting public access to geospatial information, which may eliminate some alternative information sources. However, ______________________________________________________ prototype of a GIS-based indicator system that would support decisionmaking in the Greater Yellowstone Ecosystem. RAND researchers gathered and examined more than 600 diverse GIS datasets from more than 30 different sources, including diverse federal, state, and local government agencies; universities; NGOs; and private industry. Another RAND study example relates to geospatial data clearinghouses; see Pace et al. (2000).
Table 3.3 Total Federal Databases Examined by Critical Site Category Critical Site Category Number of Databases Percentage of Total Energy 114 18.1 Transportation 87 13.8 Water 79 12.6 Agricultural 72 11.4 Multiple 63 10.0 Toxics or hazardous materials 60 9.5 Emergency services 38 6.0 Cultural icons 29 4.6 Large population gatherings 28 4.5 Health 25 4.0 Banking and finance 15 2.4 Military installations 14 2.2 Communications 5 0.8 sites (18.1 percent), followed by transportation (13.8 percent) and water (12.6 percent). Ten percent of the databases contained information that might be useful for more than one site type. We next examined the 629 databases to assess their content for “potentially useful” critical site information—namely, assessing how the information might be useful. This analysis was a first-cut estimate based on different potential attacker uses. Specifically, we considered whether the information might help an attacker select a site to target or plan an attack against that site. Because of different geospatial considerations, we distinguished between two issues in target-site selection: • Which site would an attacker likely choose based on a potential effect? • What is the general location of the site? An example of geospatial information used to help choose a U.S. critical site would be that used to assess the possible consequences of attacking the site, especially compared with other sites. For example,…

noted earlier, “alternative source” refers to any other federal, state, or local government; commercial; academic; NGO; individual; or foreign information source from which geospatial information could be obtained. Again, as discussed earlier, the alternative source could be in any form, including hard-copy documents and maps, GIS datasets, video clips, photographs, Web sites, and handheld GPS receivers at the site. This analysis provided insights on whether federal sources provide relatively unique geospatial information or whether comparable information is readily available from other sources. For all federal databases in this study (i.e., each of the 629 sample databases),19 we ranked alternative availability as high, medium, low, or none. We based this assessment on analyzing alternatives that are in a standard data format, such as a GIS dataset or Microsoft Excel data table, or a nonformatted data source, such as an industry trade journal or ease of direct access at the site. The first category we call an in-class alternative—i.e., a formatted data source. The second category we call an out-of-class alternative—i.e., a nonformatted, nontraditional source of geospatial data. The actual assessment process for ranking alternatives was based on the alternative analysis process discussed earlier in this chapter (see section on the availability of nonfederal geospatial information above). It also included searches to identify alternative sources for individual federal databases, and group discussions about each database by the RAND targeting and geospatial data experts to identify both in-class and out-of-class alternatives.20 _____________ 19 We looked more in depth at the federal databases that had any potential relevance to attackers’ information needs (i.e., ranked high, medium, or even low for utility). There were 241 such databases. For each of these databases, we considered what piece(s) of information might be potentially useful to an attacker and what alternatives existed for this specific information. Technically, if we had focused on databases that seemed relevant, we would have used only the high and medium databases to more thoroughly explore and assess alternatives. However, since there were only 36 such databases, this seemed too small a sample, so we chose to go with a more conservative approach and include the lows, resulting in a sample size of 241 databases. 20 For each database, RAND analysts met, discussed, and described the alternatives to collectively rank them. If there were any questions about the availability of alternatives for a given…

significance databases were analytic tools rather than standard geospatial databases.24 An analytic tool is a geospatial source that allows the user to analyze site information to help in comparisons and assessments of a site or multiple sites. Often such tools integrate diverse information so that someone can easily learn about the site. In fact, about 40 percent of the medium and low significance datasets (and 36.1 percent of the useful datasets—i.e., medium targeting values) consisted of such tools. Such datasets may help attackers choose a target more optimally because the data source provides a higher-level analysis capability. However, most of these analytic tools could also be duplicated with some simple analyses gleaned from other sources. An example of such a tool is a Web site that contains information about multiple energy production or transmission facilities that the user can easily search for to assess the diverse time and spatial dimensions of energy volumes at the facilities. Many of these Web sites were also interactive, integrating different geospatial information into an easy-to-use tool. For example, the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) has a Web tool, the Healthy Communities Environmental Mapping Initiative (E-MAPS25), that allows communities to view relationships between people and hazardous substances at different facilities. This public site combines other federal datasets, such as the Census Bureau’s population and TIGER data with EPA’s TRI database. In our analysis, E-MAPS was not found to be a significant database because it contains such general information that its usefulness is low. And because there are so many alternative sources with similar or better information, its uniqueness is also low. E-MAPS, however, does serve as a model to illustrate an _____________ 24 Note that, within our analysis approach, we referred to and counted such sites as databases. 25 Environmental Maps.

nalysis tool. Such Web tools appear as though they could be potentially useful for attackers to choose a target more optimally. For example, with systems like E-MAPS that contain more detailed information, the user can look at populations near different toxic chemical facilities and compare the number of people and types of chemicals emitted to assess the effect of attacking each facility. Still, further analysis is needed to assess how valuable some of these tools are, especially given the fact that there is not compelling evidence that attackers try to choose the optimal target (see Chapter Two). Case Studies Comparing Federal and Nonfederal Sources of Geospatial Information We have already discussed how we searched for alternative sources of geospatial information, as well as the range and importance of the alternatives. Here we present specific in-depth case study examples to show specific substitute sources for information and how they compared with the federal sources. We also explain how we assessed the potential significance of the information at these federal sources. We examined 11 diverse federal datasets as in-depth case studies based on sample critical sites (e.g., a specific local plant, dam, or bridge) for which federal databases provided information. We selected the cases to cover a range of geospatial information types (e.g., DOQ image, a map, textual documents containing geospatial information) and potential target types (e.g., dam, nuclear facility, military base, energy facility, ammunition plant) with an emphasis on what was viewed as more sensitive sites and information types. For example, DOI representatives were concerned about the public accessibility of inundation maps, and therefore we chose one as a case study. We also tried to complement what was already being studied in the targeting assessment—i.e., the demand analysis. For example, the demand analysis substantially investigated a possible attack on a liquefied natural gas facility, so we did not include this same type of facility in these cases.
The case studies included the following: • DOI Bureau of Reclamation’s DataWeb: Grand Coulee Dam • DOI MMS: Houchin offshore mining platform • HUD: E-MAPS/Marcus Hook oil refinery26 • NOAA nautical charts: Calvert Cliffs, Maryland, nuclear plant • Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) non-power/research reactors • Tennessee Valley Authority: Environmental Impact Statement for Brown’s Ferry nuclear plant • U.S. Army Corps of Engineers: Los Angeles Reservoir Dam inundation maps • U.S. EPA Biennial Reporting System (BRS): Milan, Tennessee, Army Ammunition Plant • U.S. EPA’s TRI: Marcus Hook oil refinery • USGS: DOQ/MacDill Air Force Base, Florida • USGS: topographic maps for different infrastructure at Grand Teton National Park and Yellowstone National Park. For all these cases, we focused on identifying alternatives to the geospatial information that seemed to have the greatest possible use value for an attacker. For each case study, we answered the following questions: 1. What geospatial information does the source provide that could potentially be used by an attacker in choosing and planning an attack on the critical site? 2. What are the in-class and out-of-class alternatives for the same, similar, or even more useful information, and how easy is it to acquire such information from them? _____________ 26 We explored the Marcus Hook facility for two different federal databases—HUD EMAPS and EPA TRI—to examine the relationships between different federal sources that provide the same information. Namely, E-MAPS uses TRI data and combines it with other information, potentially adding more value to it, such as providing additional analytical capability.

To illustrate this analysis, we discuss two examples that were not considered significant.27 First, we look at a Web site containing the DOI MMS registry of offshore mining platforms. Then we discuss EPA’s TRI, which is available in multiple formats and from multiple sources. We chose these two examples to illustrate the types of issues encountered in the analysis, such as the diversity of alternatives and how widely diffused public information can become. DOI Minerals Management Service: Houchin Offshore Mining Platform Case Study The MMS Pacific Region is tasked with overseeing the oil and gas operations and activities on leased areas of the federal outer continental shelf in waters near Southern California. Regulatory requirements govern the activities on these leases, providing for safe and environmentally sound operations. The MMS maintains a Web-based registry of offshore mining platforms in federal Pacific coastal waters: the DOI MMS Pacific Platform Operations Web site. At this data source, we chose to examine geospatial information about one specific site, the Houchin platform. The Web pages for this platform28 provide general geospatial information about the platform and pipeline locations, including an image of the platform and a locational map showing the platform (see Figure 3.5, which depicts the map). _____________ 27 Because of the sensitive nature of this information, we chose to discuss two nonsignificant examples to illustrate the issues. However, Appendix C contains information about the additional case studies, including information about the four databases that we ranked as medium significance. 28 See www.mms.gov/omm/pacific/offshore/platforms/pacificopsplatform.htm#PLAT FORM%20HOUCHIN, and www.mms.gov/omm/pacific/images/sb.gif.

2004-09-24T14:43:00.000-07:00

Drawing on the distinction between in-class and out-of-class information types, Table 2.3 lists illustrative information sources potentially available to attackers. Publications intended for broad consumption, particularly technical publications and trade journals, Table 2.3 Illustrative Sources of Information Information Type Examples Publications • Technical publications • Company publications, annual reports • Trade journals and economic periodicals • Governmental publications • Equipment manuals Human intelligence, social engineering • Current employees • Former employees • Service and vendor personnel with access to target location Direct observation • Eyes-on reconnaissance or surveillance • Aided observation (e.g., telescope devices) Photography and overhead imagery • Still cameras or video cameras • Aerial photography or imaging • Commercial satellite imaging Public databases • Census data • Local government property records • Federal overhead imagery databases provide a rich source of in-class or geospatial information that is useful to the general population as well as experts. Much of the information is applicable to understanding a target class in a fairly general sense and providing a potential attacker with an understanding of how an installation of a given class is put together and operates. This basic knowledge allows attackers to fill in gaps of knowledge on a particular installation with reasonable estimates. Trade journals, company publications, and equipment manuals can, with some effort and expertise, be combined to provide a comprehensive view of many targets. However, even with such diverse information sources, it is difficult to count on getting detailed knowledge of any particular target. Controlling this basic information is problematic. To construct and operate most kinds of critical infrastructure, the basic knowledge of how the installations function, as well as general operational details, needs to be widely available. Furthermore, the basic information on most target types has been irretrievably disseminated to the world at large and is available in myriad forms. Even some of the most recently published information, which is largely located on Web sites, might have been copied and stored in many locations both inside and outside of U.S. control. Thus, any attempts to hide or withdraw the information for security protection purposes could prove to be futile at best. Furthermore, such ineffectual activities bring other disadvantages, including disrupting the functioning of the infrastructure, complicating critical infrastructure protection planning, and possibly leading to a false sense of security at worst. Moving beyond intentionally published documents, we briefly discuss the application of social engineering and human intelligence in gathering information. This discussion is not about the use of covert insider information, but rather the process of gathering information through the observation of individuals and through elicitation. The kinds of information gathered here would essentially be private information unintentionally released by otherwise authorized individuals. This information could provide some very important insights on facility processes, procedures, and other activities that might not be widely publicized. Controlling such releases of information has been shown to be fairly difficult for most organizations because so much of the information is essentially benign and it requires employees to act in fairly atypical ways for the workplace. Also, there are likely to be adverse effects from restricting the information. As in the case of published information, effective controls would undoubtedly interfere with many legitimate activities and have a negative impact on the efficiency of facility operations. Another powerful and difficult-to-control source of information comes from direct observation (“eyeballs”), aided observation, or remote observation of the possible target. As mentioned earlier, most targets are quite accessible, and the majority of those that cannot be directly approached can be observed from other locations using telescopic devices.4 Indeed, many of the general features of potential target facilities are readily observed from the current generation of commercial satellite systems less than 1-meter GSD,5 while details are readily discerned at less than 0.3-meter GSD in many aerial images. Both aerial and space-based imagery also allow for precise geolocation when used in conjunction with presurveyed ground control points and/or GPS onboard a vehicle used for observation. Finally, publicly accessible databases also serve as possible information sources for attackers. As we discuss in detail in Chapter Three, much of the data are of a fairly general nature, from the attacker’s perspective. The databases in question provide a convenient, if not unique, way of surveying potential target sets for target selection. However, serious gaps in existing public databases would still necessitate a broader information-gathering activity in planning an operation. In terms of attack planning, the gap is even greater. Uncertain data quality, limitations of the data, and possibly aged data _____________ 4 If telescopic devices are combined with GPS and range-finding systems, they can create a very powerful real-time or near-real-time system suitable for both civil and military applications. 5 Ground sample distance (GSD) relates to the pixel size and spatial resolution of imagery data.

would all require a prudent attack planner to gather a large quantity of supplemental information.6 Table 2.4 summarizes our key observations on attacker interaction with possible information sources. First, we must acknowledge that there is a great deal of information that will be available to the attacker. Second, because of the current information abundance, attacker knowledge of many fundamental facts cannot reliably be denied. Third, there may be some information that will not be widely known and, hence, can be protected in order to offer some defense of the target. This information protection probably will not be broad Table 2.4 Key Observations: Attacker Interaction with Information Sources Most information is already available via open sources, readily collectable sources, or low-risk clandestine operations • Multitude of sources suggest that, at best, most data protections would have a minimal negative impact on attackers • Gaps in knowledge are likely to be bridged with expert knowledge There is also a large set of information that cannot reasonably be protected • Vulnerability assessment based on casual appraisal of data • Profound network vulnerabilities that are intrinsic in the basic architecture • Exploitable security vulnerabilities that can be found through probing There exists a small subset of information that can reasonably be protected • Vulnerability assessments based on deep knowledge of infrastructure • Network vulnerabilities that are transitory (e.g., “the backup system is down today”) • Exploitable security deficiencies that are addressable by a defender over a short period _____________ 6 A typical geospatial example would be the reported location of an installation. If latitude and longitude are reported, the question is frequently what point in the facility or installation is being reported. That is, most of the data sources do not report locations of subelements of the facility or installation but rather a single point. Is that point the facility or installation centroid, front gate, northwest corner, or some other point? Can the attacker assume with any real confidence that the location is correct? It seems likely a prudent planner would at least spot-check the data and in the process gather a great deal of other information.

but might still be useful. The next section of the chapter addresses the issues of why information protection strategies are likely to have only limited effects in diminishing attackers’ abilities to strike effectively in support of their overall objectives. Harmonizing Objectives, Attack Modalities, and Information Requirements Motivations are intimately linked to the strategies and modes of attacks. Further, the range of possible attacker motivations, strategies, and modes has a significant impact on the usefulness to be gained from an information protection strategy. Attacks can be less discriminating in nature, by virtue of either the strategy or modality. Weapons like C-4 explosives can be used either very discriminately or indiscriminately, while something like a radiological device has much higher intrinsic collateral damage potential. If information is denied in the form of precision-targeting coordinates, the attacker can turn to a man-in-the-loop strategy to guide a weapon into a critical aimpoint. Such an aimpoint could be identified based on first-principles analysis even when using lower-quality targeting data. Take the example of a critical infrastructure target being attacked by a simple unitary weapon. We examined a sample attack to determine how decreasing the quality of geospatial information might affect an attack directed at a critical node. In this particular case, as shown in Figure 2.2, we parametrically varied the target location error (i.e., that associated with assigning the location of the target in latitude, longitude, and altitude) across a wide range of possible values. The error was varied from the precise levels that can be obtained using GPS (positioned at the site or used with a laser range finder), through remote sensing images ranging from what is typically seen in high-resolution aerial applications, through standard digital orthophoto quadrangles (DOQs)7 available for mapping, all the way _____________ 7 A digital orthophoto is a computer-generated image of an aerial photograph or satellite image in which displacements caused by camera orientation and terrain have been removed.

the level typically associated with medium-resolution imagery controlled to a digital elevation model, the single-shot probability of kill exceeds 95 percent. Given that most attackers are likely to enjoy substantially better target location errors by using either direct observation aided with tools like GPS or geocoded imagery, it appears that attempts introducing errors are not likely to be very successful. A critical point to keep in mind when considering the attackerdefender relationship is that attackers have many degrees of freedom, while defenders are greatly constrained. In this situation, the attackers have the potential advantage of flexible objectives, as well as substantial flexibility in terms of when and how targets are attacked. Thus, they will often have the “last move.” This advantage is particularly important in considering the possibility that attackers might “satisfice”—that is, seek to obtain an outcome that is “good enough” —rather than optimize their attack. Satisficing attackers are likely to have available many possible attacks that meet their threshold of performance (picking from a number of options that meet a performance threshold), whereas optimizing attackers (picking the best based on a set of constraints) are likely to have a smaller number of possible attacks that meet their objective. Because of this flexibility on the part of the attacker (i.e., the ability to choose why, where, how, and how good the attack needs to be), counterstrategies based on thwarting enemy objectives become intrinsically problematic.9 Against such adversaries, information protection strategies—at least in terms of limiting the opponent’s ability to strike at targets it thinks are most important—probably will have minimal impact. Thus, our analysis offers several insights, including that the attacker often has the following characteristics: _____________ 9 Take the example of an attack motivated by U.S. troop presence somewhere in the world. A possible attack against U.S. interests might be motivated by U.S. troop presence in a particular country, but attacks against the forces themselves would be too difficult. A U.S. critical infrastructure target might come into play as a morale-building exercise. The act of attacking, not the outcome, might be the important element. An attack might be quite successful for the attacker even if the tangible damage to the United States were minimal.
• wide variety of possible strategic objectives • large number of modalities for attack • large array of potential targets from which to choose • an ability to undertake even “ineffectual” attacks that might be successful given some objectives • little in the way of forcing functions • working at his or her timescale (not the defender’s timetable) • operating below the noise floor until the attack occurs. The primary point is that not only do the attackers enjoy the traditional advantage of maintaining the initiative, but they can also redefine the thresholds of success so broadly that any effort to prevent attacks against the expansive critical infrastructure target set will prove very difficult. Lessons from Analysis of Attackers’ Information Demands While the above discussion on the problem of shifting objectives, attack modes, and thresholds of performance broadly addresses the question of whether geospatial information could be used by an attacker, it is central to the larger issue of whether removing that information will substantially alter the frequency and effectiveness of attacks against the critical infrastructure targets. Based on our assessment presented in this chapter, we conclude that changing the availability of geospatial information would likely have only a minimal impact on the attacker’s ability to strike, although it might have a slightly greater impact on effectiveness and/or propensity of striking a particular target. We have highlighted both attacker flexibility and broad definitions of attack “success” throughout this discussion. In all likelihood, if certain information were restricted, attacks would simply shift toward other, softer targets or would encourage the attacker to employ brute-force modes of attack that allow for adequate damage against the intended target using lower-quality information. The end result is that there are large arrays of attacks that cannot be practically addressed through an information protection strategy. Therefore, is there no point of engaging in any kind of information…

The defender inevitably has the weaker hand as long as the enemy can pick the time, place, and manner of the attack. However, the defense does have the option of engaging in preferential defense strategies that attempt to protect a subset of possible targets. Such strategies make sense if the defender is preserving a subset of capabilities that are not apparent to the attacker or will somehow ensure a critical capability is retained. Consider the case of protecting a telecommunications network. A strategy of combining information protection strategies, along with building redundancy into the system to absorb an attack and an active defense strategy, might allow for a high-confidence defense against many types of attacks. While either active defenses or redundancy alone might make a significant improvement of capability, information protection strategies tend to bolster the primary defensive approach rather than being an end in their own right. This means that any information protection strategy must be viewed as an element of a larger comprehensive protection strategy in which the protection will be properly traded off against other approaches to prevent, defeat, or recover from an attack. Attackers Have Substantial Flexibility in Fulfilling Their Information Needs On balance, our analysis has revealed a number of key points that offer some insights into how varying the amount and quality of geo-patial information available to possible attackers might influence their operations against U.S. critical infrastructure and key assets as targets. The following insights highlight the basic flexibility advantage that attackers hold: • Attackers have a great deal of flexibility in terms of why, where, and how they attack U.S. critical infrastructure and other key targets. • Attackers can compensate for decreasing quality and amounts of information by shifting not only their modalities of attack (e.g., higher-yield weapons, man-in-the-loop weapons) but also their target classes and performance thresholds to adjust to the information available. • The flexibility makes it likely that attackers will not optimize attacks, but rather will tend to “satisfice” (i.e., settling for what is “good enough”) in undertaking attacks, which protects them from having their plans seriously disrupted by information protection strategies. • Attackers have certain advantages in terms of basic accessibility to U.S. targets that are very difficult to deny. They can also draw on widespread diffusion of technical knowledge about basic types of critical infrastructure, such as oil refineries or dams, to plug in data gaps even against facilities that are protected by typical kinds of perimeter security. • Information protection strategies probably will not make much of a difference on their own, but such measures can serve as effective adjuncts to robust physical protection strategies and contribute to depth in the defensive strategy. Summary Our assessment of an attacker’s information requirements suggests that geospatial information is probably not the first choice for fulfilling the attacker’s information needs, given the degree of flexibility that attackers have in planning attacks on targets in the United States.
issues, and insights that they had about identifying potentially sensitive geospatial information and consideration in restricting access to this information. 3. We also sampled and examined more than 300 nonfederal sources (e.g., state and local governments, private corporations, NGOs, and foreign sources) to understand the larger information context concerning the availability of these alternative information sources compared with federal geospatial information. We discuss the methodology in greater detail throughout this chapter. Federal Geospatial Information in the Public Domain Any assessment of what publicly available federal geospatial information is significant must begin by identifying what types of geospatial information are made publicly available by federal agencies. To this end, we conducted a structured survey to sample and identify the range of federal geospatial data sources. Structured Survey Used to Identify Federal Geospatial Data Sources In this survey, we first sought to identify federal geospatial data sources—specifically, the programs, offices, and major initiatives that generate publicly accessible geospatial information. For example, the Department of Energy’s (DOE’s) Energy Information Administration (EIA) has an initiative to provide infrastructure maps for energy market and end home use for different regions of the country.2 The initiative is a geospatial data source for U.S. energy infrastructure maps. For our analysis, we assumed that any significant federal activity that makes geospatial information publicly available would most likely advertise the availability of such information through a public _____________ 2 See www.eia.doe.gov/emeu/reps/states/maps/contents.html.

• We searched the data warehouse Web sites at each agency. • We searched agency press releases and news items to identify possible sources for critical site and geospatial information. 2. Next, we examined documents and Web sites describing federal agency geospatial information sources to check for additional agency locations that might provide publicly accessible geospatial information. Such sources included the Federal Geographic Data Committee (FGDC) Web sites and selected documents, such as the metadata warehouse and agency annual reports to the FGDC. Another example was the National Academy of Public Administration (NAPA) report, Geographic Information for the 21st Century.4 3. Finally, we carried out a key word search (using Google and other Internet search engines) to identify federal (as well as nonfederal5) Web sites. Key words related to critical infrastructure types and geospatial information were used in this search. Examples of such words and phrases include “NRC ‘plant information book’”; “‘public water supply’ GIS”; and “sensitive infrastructure geospatial site:.gov”. In addition, we also searched libraries (such as a Government Printing Office depository library, a county library, and a university library) and reviewed our findings or had discussions with selected federal agency representatives (e.g., from NGA, EPA, FGDC, the Department of the Interior [DOI], the National Aeronautics and Space Administration [NASA]) to make certain we had identified the majority of federal geospatial data sources. Since our definition of geospatial information was very broad, our survey included searches for textual documents that contained geospatial information, as well as such traditional geospatial sources as _____________ 4 NAPA (1998). 5 These nonfederal sites are discussed later in this document when describing the alternatives analysis.

2004-09-24T14:40:00.000-07:00

http://www.rand.org/publications/MG/MG142/

Analysis Attackers can take advantage of the relatively accessible nature of the United States, where a substantial number of critical infrastructure facilities (e.g., airports, tunnels) and other key locations are publicly accessible or can be directly observed from a distance. Attackers can choose opportunistically among a broad range of U.S. homeland locations, different strategic objectives and related targeting objectives, and a variety of attack modes ranging from ground attacks with explosives to standoff weapon systems and area weapons (e.g., chemical, radiological). Attackers also have flexibility in both choosingamong potential targets and the information they use in planning and undertaking an attack. The geospatial information requirements of potential attackers fall largely into two categories: • information for selecting a target (i.e., Which target?, Where is it located?) • information for planning the attack (i.e., What is the target’s layout, vulnerabilities, security measures, etc.?). The first type of information assists attackers in identifying a potential target and determining its general location. The attacker benefits from today’s “information abundance”—that is, both geospatial and nongeospatial information is widely available from many sources. In comparison, planning an assault requires detailed and timely information for the attacker to have confidence in executing a successful operation against a given target. This planning can require information on the internal features of the selected target site (e.g., control centers, power sources), the potential vulnerabilities of the facility, and a facility’s current security practices. In these cases, attackers confront a situation of relative “information scarcity” in terms of what is publicly available. Findings In terms of the information demands of potential attackers, our key findings are as follows: • Attackers have substantial flexibility in fulfilling their information needs for attacking U.S. homeland locations. In principle, this flexibility includes a broad range of choices about why, where, and how attacks will be made. This has important implications for the types of information that attackers need and can acquire for target selection and attack planning. Our assessment of attackers’ information requirements suggests that, given this degree of flexibility, publicly accessible geospatial information is probably not the first choice for fulfilling these needs. Publicly…

In many cases, diverse alternative geospatial and nongeospatial information sources exist for meeting the information needs of potential attackers. In our sampling of more than 300 publicly available nonfederal geospatial information alternative sources, we found that the same, similar, or more useful geospatial information on U.S. critical sites is available from a diverse set of nonfederal sources. These sources include industry and commercial businesses, academic institutions, NGOs, state and local governments, international sources, and even private citizens who publish relevant materials on the World Wide Web. Some geospatial data and information that these nonfederal sources distribute are derived from federal sources that are publicly accessible. Similarly, these nonfederal organizations are increasingly becoming sources of geospatial data and information for various federal agencies (see Chapter Three for additional discussion). In addition, relevant information is often obtainable via direct access or direct observation of the U.S. critical site. Framework to Support Decisionmaking Our demand and supply analysis, along with a corresponding analysis of the broader societal benefits and costs of public access to geospatial information, identified key factors relevant to assessing the homeland security implications of geospatial information. Drawing on these insights, this study suggests that a useful, first-step framework for assessing geospatial information should incorporate at least three key factors: the usefulness of the information to an attacker, the uniqueness of the information, and the societal benefits and costs of restricting public access to a particular geospatial information source (see Table S.1). These factors, or “filters,” offer decisionmakers and…

• Critical infrastructure sectors (i.e., agriculture, food, water, public health, emergency services, government, defense industrial base, information and telecommunications, energy, transportation, banking and finance, chemical industry and hazardous materials, and postal and shipping)1 • Key national assets (e.g., locations of cultural significance [national monuments, major sporting events, etc.], special event locations, military installations). The report presents a framework for analysis that can assist decisionmakers in identifying potentially sensitive geospatial information _____________ 1 In this report (The White House, 2003, pp. 6–7), the categories for critical infrastructure sectors match those outlined and being used by U.S. homeland security planners, while the key assets categories have been expanded somewhat to include military installations and special event locations involving any large population gatherings.

Examples of Geospatial Data and Information Products Types of Geospatial Product Examples of Publicly Available Data and Information Products Raw data • Latitude and longitude coordinates • GPS coordinates Maps and nautical charts • U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) 1:24,000-scale topographic maps • National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) nautical charts • Road maps Overhead images • Civilian and commercial satellite images (e.g., Landsat, SPOT, IKONOS) • Commercial aerial images Datasets • Housing data • Census datasets • Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Toxics Release Inventory Textual descriptions • Web sites • Environmental Impact Statements • Historical descriptions • Telephone books Along with the diversity of sources, geospatial information is highly dynamic, since new types arise and datasets are constantly being added to the already copious amount of existing geospatial data and information sources. Thus, to formulate sound information protection policies, U.S. decisionmakers must take into account the vast diversity of the types and sources of geospatial information available to potential attackers. Second, substantial uncertainty exists over what types of information potential attackers require. U.S. critical sites could be targeted by a broad range of terrorist groups and hostile foreign governments, both of which have access to very different information resources. The types of information required is also likely to vary by the intended target, whether it is a critical infrastructure site, a government facility, or another location where large population gatherings occur. In addition, the attacker’s information requirements could…
diverge considerably depending on the planned attack mode (e.g., truck bomb, aircraft delivery, area weapon). Further, access to mission-critical information is often straightforward, as potentially useful attack information on many critical sites can be acquired through direct public access or observation. The interest of attackers in geospatial information is likely to be influenced by the degree of public access they can exploit in gaining needed information on critical U.S. sites. Appendix D categorizes critical U.S. sites by the degree of accessibility to critical infrastructure facilities and other key assets in terms of publicly accessible locations (e.g., train stations, bridges); limited access sites (e.g., energy generation plants, military installations), which are susceptible to direct observation from beyond their perimeters or through overflights; and restricted access sites that deny external observers almost any way of directly collecting useful information on their layout and operations. Thus, decisionmakers must consider a broad range of possibilities in assessing what types of geospatial information could have significant homeland security implications…

• What kinds of information does an attacker need for target selection and identification and for attack planning purposes? • How much will the attacker’s essential information needs vary by changing the choice of target, type of attack mode, or desired attack objective? We gained insights on the various types of information that attackers are likely to find most useful by analyzing a series of postulated attacks against various U.S. homeland targets, including (1) a critical infrastructure facility, (2) a military installation, and (3) a cultural location featuring a large public gathering.5 Each attack analysis was based on rationales derived from plausible motivations, historic preferences for attack modalities by a number of real-world organizations, opportunities associated with some weapon systems that are becoming more widespread, and use of modern techniques and geotechnologies for targeting (e.g., remote sensing, geospatial information systems, GPS, range finders). We quantitatively evaluated each attack in terms of the likely damage against the target. The three analyses provided useful insights on the varied types of information that attackers could need, including both geospatial and nongeospatial, for attempting attacks on various U.S. critical sites. Supply-Side Methodology On the supply side of the equation, we analyzed the broad range of publicly available geospatial data and information sources to address the following key questions: • What geospatial information about U.S. critical sites is publicly available from U.S. federal sources? • How useful is this information, given attackers information needs? • Is this information relatively unique or readily available from other nonfederal sources? _____________ 5 Results of detailed targeting analyses were used to inform the broad findings presented in this report; however, these cases are not presented in this unclassified report…
To gain insights to the key information needs of potential attackers against the U.S. homeland, we undertook an analysis involving a series of postulated attacks against a spectrum of critical infrastructure, military targets, and cultural and social targets of possible interest. The rationales for the attack were derived from plausible attacker motivations, historic preferences for attack modalities by a number of real-world organizations, opportunities associated with some weapon systems that are proliferating more widely, and use of modern techniques and tools for targeting (e.g., remote sensing, geospatial information systems, GPS, range finders). These attacks were quantitatively evaluated in terms of the likely damage they would have on the target. Our evaluation used conventional U.S. weapon effects assessment techniques, such as using the Joint Munitions Effectiveness Manual for conventional military ordnance, to assess the effectiveness of the attack. The thresholds for success or failure of the attack were derived from objectives laid out for the attacker. To capture the flavor of possible enemy targeting approaches, we avoided mirror imaging the U.S. approach to targeting (particularly in regard…

The various possible motivations are important because they show that, from the outset, possible attackers may have one or more of a broad range of possible objectives. Thus, the defender must be prepared to deal with a wide range of possible strategies.3 Some possible attacker objectives might be • coercion directed at the United States • coercion directed at a third party • economic damage • military damage • boosting the morale of the attacking party • chaos. It is difficult to generalize about the specific objectives of attackers. There are many different possible attackers and many different possible objectives as well as associated means for achieving these _____________ 3 A defense can only be deemed as successful if it meets the defender’s objectives, not simply interfering with the ability of the attacker reaching its objective. However, for our purpose of understanding what an attacker might do, the above exercise of thinking about the diversity of attacker objectives is still useful in considering the possible impact of an information protection strategy.
objectives. Certain from the standpoint of the defense is that there is a hefty list of possible motivations. Also, there are likely to be quite different thresholds for success or failure among the actors. For some, a bomb detonating near a target may be sufficient, while for others, a specific kind of damage (e.g., mass casualties) might be required. Indeed, the latter may be especially true for primarily political and psychological objectives in which the battle is largely one of perceptions. The Attacker’s Tool Box: Types of Weapons Considered Attackers possess a wide range of possible modes of attack, all of which relate to the information available to the attacker. For the purposes of this study, we identified four main categories of attack that connect to the amount of detailed information needed on the target (see Table 2.1). The first option—direct attack—reflects the most precise type of attack, with the weapon having to be placed extremely close to the desired aimpoint. The damage caused could be broad in effect, but in general the attack achieves its effect by applying the damaging energies against a precise point. The second option reflects a precision attack using higher-order damage mechanisms. This category captures the use of explosives that allow some standoff from the ideal aimpoint while still achieving the desired damage expectancy. Here the key is using humans in the control loop of the weapon to allow for dynamic aimpoint refinement and for selecting the aimpoint while the weapon is inbound to the target. In some cases, this man-in-the-loop tactic might consist of an individual steering a vehicle loaded with explosives into the designated target. The third case captures the use of autonomous weapons. Here the weapon requires precise targeting information, which puts a greater burden on the preflight mission planning process. These weapons could include UAVs, cruise missiles, or ballistic missiles with…
Table 2.1 Modes of Attack Direct attack • Demolition charges • Anti-materiel rifles • Sabotage of sensitive components Man-in-the-loop precision attack • Suicide vehicular attack (air, land, sea) • Suicide bomber • Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) with data link for human operator Autonomous precision attack • Aircraft using GPS/Inertial Navigation System (INS) • UAV using GPS/INS • Cruise missiles using GPS/INS • Ballistic missiles using GPS/INS Area attack • Chemical, radiological, biological agents from platforms • Ad hoc chemical and radiological release • Nuclear weapon guidance systems not requiring inputs after launch. In all these cases, the weapon is expected to guide itself to a designated aimpoint loaded into the guidance systems. The most likely high-quality guidance system to be used by adversaries would be an inertial navigation unit combined with a GPS system. This allows the significant reduction of in-flight navigation errors and greatly increases the chance of the target being struck successfully. Finally, the last category concerns weapons with very large areas of impact, such as chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, or highyield explosive (CBRNE) threats. In terms of targeting information, this category requires very minimal information for effective employment. There can be a strong dependency on detailed geospatial information if some of the weapons are employed in a precisionattack role for, say, targeting a critical building with a small amount of material. But in general, the last category stresses information needs in other specialized areas, such as that for timely local weather information, in place of more traditional geospatial information. Of the four categories, the first three are of greatest interest in considering an information protection strategy. The last category—
Table 2.2 Illustrative Attacker Information Needs Target-selection information • Which target? • Where is it in general? • What effect can the attacker achieve with a given class of attack and weapon? Targeting and attack information • Is the target located where the attacker expects it to be such that the attack can be delivered effectively? • What is the target made of, and how thick are the walls? • What does the facility look like today, so the attacker can recognize it? • Where are the guards, and how are they armed? • Is there a quick reaction force? • Is there a ditch that the attacker can use for cover?…
By target selection, we mean the process by which attackers identify a target that is consistent with their broad objectives and strategy. The target class (e.g., chemical plant, bridge, building) is largely dictated by the basic selection of an objective and strategy, while the particular target may be dictated by the ability of the attacker to identify the particular element, such as a particular set of storage tanks that are vulnerable to attack. For example, assuming that the attackers are interested in disrupting U.S. economic activity to demonstrate the impotence of U.S. homeland security measures, they might identify some critical infrastructure elements as the key leverage point based on a combination of analysis and prior beliefs on how the American system functions. With a target class selected, the next step would be selecting a node for attack. Here, information on exact location of critical links, and the locations of particularly susceptible target elements, is important. Thus, our assessment is that there is a tremendous amount of information generally available that is useful for target selection. Many of the targets of possible interest are readily identifiable by simple observation either through direct access or from remote locations. However, compared with the information required for general target identification, the information necessary for attack planning is substantially more detailed and not as widely disseminated as that for selecting targets. Here, the information requirements are closely linked to the modes of attack and the desired impact of the attack. If the attack is to be executed by a ground force, a great deal of detailed information might be required for the attacking party to gain access to the facility. Specifics on ground cover, possible defensive strong points, entryways, and other features predominate. If, however, the attacker plans an air attack using a suicide or remote controlled vehicle, the primary information requirements would be aerial orientation, obstruction data, and key aimpoints. In most cases, the attacker would be interested in collecting information with a high degree of currency to increase confidence in undertaking an effective attack. For targets that allow public access (as do the vast majority of possible targets in the United States), there is a tremendous amount of information that is available or that could be gathered with little difficulty by an attacker. These targets are located in “publicly accessible locations” that allow potential attackers to observe both internal and external features. Indeed, most of the attacker’s reconnaissance activities are likely to be very low risk and would provide information at least as useful as that available in any of the publicly accessible databases. The direct observation data would probably be superior in most cases because it would have greater currency and could be tailored to the attacker’s needs. Against more heavily protected installations that do not allow unfettered access, however, attackers would need to gather information from beyond the perimeter area. They might take advantage of remote sensing systems that include observation from terrain or nearby man-made features, the air, and even space. Examples of such limited-access sites include many DoD and industrial facilities. Even here, the combination of publicly available data and the use of even modest remote observation capabilities can be quite useful to the attacker. For instance, while interior details of an installation may be shielded, its external features can generally be well characterized. With the external information, and at least basic knowledge of the installation function and type, it is possible to construct a reasonable, if limited, model of internal installation layouts. As with the more accessible installations, most reconnaissance efforts are likely to fall into the low-risk category. Some types of activities, which might require current and detailed ground-level reconnaissance, might be interfered with by the defender, but then the attacker is under no obligation to limit its attack modalities to those that require such information. Gathering information on denied areas (i.e., protected and concealed installations) is quite a different proposition for the attacker and would be more demanding and risky. The United States possesses only a relatively small number of locations, such as high-…

28 Mapping the Risks Critical sites can be differentiated by the degree of public accessibility that is possible. Figure 2.1 illustrates one way of characterizing these differences by presenting three types of public access at critical sites that potential attackers could exploit for acquiring needed information. They are the following: • Publicly accessible locations, or facilities and locations where public access is routinely expected. These include most transportation nodes and other key assets that depend on extensive public access (e.g., stadiums, monuments, commercial business centers). Substantial access creates opportunities for potential attackers, such as terrorists, to collect “eyes-on” information (or even photographs) without much risk of being readily recognized as potential threats. Figure 2.1 Critical Sites by Degree of Public Accessibility RAND MG142-2.1 Restricted Access Sites (direct observation is denied) • Key locations: selected DoD, intelligence facilities, political leadership sites Publicly Accessible Locations (internal and external observation) • Critical infrastructure: airports, ports, train stations, bridges, tunnels, hospitals, pipelines, transmission lines, some dams • Other locations: national icons, national parks, stadiums, and other large public gatherings, schools, malls Limited Access Sites (external observation only) • Critical infrastructure: nuclear, oil, and gas power generation facilities, some dams and reservoirs, emergency operation centers, chemical plants • Other locations: many DoD and other government facilities…

Limited access sites, most of which are industrial plants and government facilities, including most military installations in the continental United States, where public access is normally limited. Attempts to gain unauthorized access to these facilities involve the risk of being detected and caught. However, external observation of many sites is possible for potential attackers through ground-level (e.g., drive-by) reconnaissance or by use of aerial observation. Examples of limited access sites include nuclear, oil, and gas power generation facilities; some dams and reservoirs; emergency operations centers; and many DoD facilities. • Restricted access sites, or those selected U.S. government facilities where both direct access and direct observation is denied through a combination of tightly controlled access policies, security perimeters with substantial setback from public roads, and restricted flight areas. Examples of these sites include some government facilities as well as political leadership locations where access is severely restricted, such as Camp David. By far, most critical U.S. sites consist of locations where direct access or limited access is feasible. As a result, potential attackers are likely to have, in principle, opportunities for external observation of most critical sites and, in some cases, the opportunity for making internal observations (e.g., inside a rail station). Moreover, attackers are likely to exploit other information sources (publicly available or from, for example, insiders at a critical site) to build upon the type of information that can be derived from direct access and/or observation. How the Attacker Acquires the Necessary Information As we have seen, attackers have the ability to gather a substantial amount of information on targets for both target selection and attack planning. We can classify the information attackers might gather into two primary categories: “in-class” types of geospatial informat..

2004-07-16T13:21:00.000-07:00

A Study of Assassination
------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION
Assassination is a term thought to be derived from "Hashish", a drug similar to marijuana, said to have been used by Hasan-Dan-Sabah to induce motivation in his followers, who were assigned to carry out political and other murders, usually at the cost of their lives. It is here used to describe the planned killing of a person who is not under the legal jurisdiction of the killer, who is not physically in the hands of the killer, who has been selected by a resistance organization for death, and who has been selected by a resistance organization for death, and whose death provides positive advantages to that organization.
EMPLOYMENT
Assassination is an extreme measure not normally used in clandestine operations. It should be assumed that it will never be ordered or authorized by any U.S. Headquarters, though the latter may in rare instances agree to its execution by members of an associated foreign service.

This reticence is partly due to the necessity for committing communications to paper. No assassination instructions should ever be written or recorded. Consequently, the decision to employ this technique must nearly always be reached in the field, at the area where the act will take place.

Decision and instructions should be confined to an absolute minimum of persons. Ideally, only one person will be involved. No report may be made, but usually the act will be properly covered by normal news services, whose output is available to all concerned.
JUSTIFICATION
Murder is not morally justifiable. Self-defense may be argued if the victim has knowledge which may destroy the resistance organization if divulged. Assassination of persons responsible for atrocities or reprisals may be regarded as just punishment. Killing a political leader whose burgeoning career is a clear and present danger to the cause of freedom may be held necessary.
But assassination can seldom be employed with a clear conscience. Persons who are morally squeamish should not attempt it.
CLASSIFICATIONS
The techniques employed will vary according to whether the subject is unaware of his danger, aware but unguarded, or guarded. They will also be affected by whether or not the assassin is to be killed with the subject hereafter, assassinations in which the subject is unaware will be termed "simple"; those where the subject is aware but unguarded will be termed "chase"; those where the victim is guarded will be termed "guarded." If the assassin is to die with the subject, the act will be called "lost." If the assassin is to escape, the adjective will be "safe." It should be noted that no compromises should exist here. The assassin must not fall alive into enemy hands.

A further type division is caused by the need to conceal the fact that the subject was actually the victim of assassination, rather than an accident or natural causes. If such concealment is desirable the operation will be called "secret"; if concealment is immaterial, the act will be called "open"; while if the assassination requires publicity to be effective it will be termed "terroristic."

Following these definitions, the assassination of Julius Caesar was safe, simple, and terroristic, while that of Huey Long was lost, guarded and open. Obviously, successful secret assassinations are not recorded as assassination at all. [Illegible] of Tha iland and Augustus Caesar may have been the victims of safe, guarded and secret assassination. Chase assassinations usually involve clandestine agents or members of criminal organizations.
THE ASSASSIN
In safe assassinations, the assassin needs the usual qualities of a clandestine agent. He should be determined, courageous, intelligent, resourceful, and physically active. If special equipment is to be used, such as firearms or drugs, it is clear that he must have outstanding skill with such equipment.

Except in terroristic assassinations, it is desirable that the assassin be transient in the area. He should have an absolute minimum of contact with the rest of the organization and his instructions should be given orally by one person only. His safe evac uation after the act is absolutely essential, but here again contact should be as limited as possible. It is preferable that the person issuing instructions also conduct any withdrawal or covering action which may be necessary.

In lost assassination, the assassin must be a fanatic of some sort. Politics, religion, and revenge are about the only feasible motives. Since a fanatic is unstable psychologically, he must be handled with extreme care. He must not know the identities of the other members of the organization, for although it is intended that he die in the act, something may go wrong. While the Assassin of Trotsky has never revealed any significant information, it was unsound to depend on this when the act was planned.
PLANNING
When the decision to assassinate has been reached, the tactics of the operation must be planned, based upon an estimate of the situation similar to that used in military operations. The preliminary estimate will reveal gaps in information and possibly indicate a need for special equipment which must be procured or constructed. When all necessary data has been collected, an effective tactical plan can be prepared. All planning must be mental; no papers should ever contain evidence of the operation.

In resistance situations, assassination may be used as a counter-reprisal. Since this requires advertising to be effective, the resistance organization must be in a position to warn high officials publicly that their lives will be the price of reprisal action against innocent people. Such a threat is of no value unless it can be carried out, so it may be necessary to plan the assassination of various responsible officers of the oppressive regime and hold such plans in readiness to be used only i f provok ed by excessive brutality. Such plans must be modified frequently to meet changes in the tactical situation.
TECHNIQUES
The essential point of assassination is the death of the subject. A human being may be killed in many ways but sureness is often overlooked by those who may be emotionally unstrung by the seriousness of this act they intend to commit. The specific technique employed will depend upon a large number of variables, but should be constant in one point: Death must be absolutely certain. The attempt on Hitler's life failed because the conspiracy did not give this matter proper attention.
Techniques may be considered as follows:
1. Manual - It is possible to kill a man with the bare hands, but very few are skillful enough to do it well. Even a highly trained Judo expert will hesitate to risk killing by hand unless he has absolutely no alternative. However, the simplest local too ls are often much the most efficient means of assassination. A hammer, axe, wrench, screw driver, fire poker, kitchen knife, lamp stand, or anything hard, heavy and handy will suffice.

A length of rope or wire or a belt will do if the assassin is strong and agile. All such improvised weapons have the important advantage of availability and apparent innocence. The obviously lethal machine gun failed to kill Trotsky where an item of sport ing goods succeeded.

In all safe cases where the assassin may be subject to search, either before or after the act, specialized weapons should not be used. Even in the lost case, the assassin may accidentally be searched before the act and should not carry an incriminating de vice if any sort of lethal weapon can be improvised at or near the site. If the assassin normally carries weapons because of the nature of his job, it may still be desirable to improvise and implement at the scene to avoid disclosure of his identity.

2. 2. Accidents - For secret assassination, either simple or chase, the contrived accident is the most effective technique. When successfully executed, it causes little excitement and is only casually investigated.

The most efficient accident, in simple assassination, is a fall of 75 feet or more onto a hard surface. Elevator shafts, stair wells, unscreened windows and bridges will serve. Bridge falls into water are not reliable. In simple cases a private meeting wi th the subject may be arranged at a properly-cased location. The act may be executed by sudden, vigorous [excised] of the ankles, tipping the subject over the edge. If the assassin immediately sets up an outcry, playing the "horrified witness", no alibi o r surreptitious withdrawal is necessary. In chase cases it will usually be necessary to stun or drug the subject before dropping him. Care is required to insure that no wound or condition not attributable to the fall is discernible after death.

Falls into the sea or swiftly flowing rivers may suffice if the subject cannot swim. It will be more reliable if the assassin can arrange to attempt rescue, as he can thus be sure of the subject's death and at the same time establish a workable alibi. If the subject's personal habits make it feasible, alcohol may be used [2 words excised] to prepare him for a contrived accident of any kind. Falls before trains or subway cars are usually effective, but require exact timing and can seldom be free from unexpected observation.

Automobile accidents are a less satisfactory means of assassination. If the subject is deliberately run down, very exact timing is necessary and investigation is likely to be thorough. If the subject's car is tampered with, reliability is very low. The subject may be stunned or drugged and then placed in the car, but this is only reliable when the car can be run off a high cliff or into deep water without observation. Arson can cause accidental death if the subject is drugged and left in a burning building. Reliability is not satisfactory unless the building is isolated and highly combustible.
3. Drugs - In all types of assassination except terroristic, drugs can be very effective. If the assassin is trained as a doctor or nurse and the subject is under medical care, this is an easy and rare method. An overdose of morphine administered as a se dative will cause death without disturbance and is difficult to detect. The size of the dose will depend upon whether the subject has been using narcotics regularly. If not, two grains will suffice. If the subject drinks heavily, morphine or a similar narcotic can be injected at the passing out stage, and the cause of death will often be held to be acute alcoholism. Specific poisons, such as arsenic or strychine, are effective but their possession or procurement is incriminating, and accurate dosage is problematical. Poison was used unsuccessfully in the assassination of Rasputin and Kolohan, though the latter case i s more accurately described as a murder.
4. 4. Edge Weapons: Any locally obtained edge device may be successfully employed. A certain minimum of anatomical knowledge is needed for reliability.
Puncture wounds of the body cavity may not be reliable unless the heart is reached. The heart is protected by the rib cage and is not always easy to locate.
Abdominal wounds were once nearly always mortal, but modern medical treatment has made this no longer true. Absolute reliability is obtained by severing the spinal cord in the cervical region. This can be done with the point of a knife or a light blow of an axe or hatchet.
Another reliable method is the severing of both jugular and carotid blood vessels on both sides of the windpipe. If the subject has been rendered unconscious by other wounds or drugs, either of the above methods can be used to insure death.
5. Blunt Weapons: As with edge weapons, blunt weapons require some anatomical knowledge for effective use. Their main advantage is their universal availability. A hammer may be picked up almost anywhere in the world. Baseball and [illeg] bats are very wi dely distributed. Even a rock or a heavy stick will do, and nothing resembling a weapon need be procured, carried or subsequently disposed of. Blows should be directed to the temple, the area just below and behind the ear, and the lower, rear portion of the skull. Of course, if the blow is very heavy, any portion of the upper skull will do. The lower frontal portion of the head, from the eyes to the throat, can withstand enormous blows without fatal consequences.
6. Firearms: Firearms are often used in assassination, often very ineffectively. The assassin usually has insufficient technical knowledge of the limitations of weapons, and expects more range, accuracy and killing power than can be provided with reliabi lity. Since certainty of death is the major requirement, firearms should be used which can provide destructive power at least 100% in excess of that thought to be necessary, and ranges should be half that considered practical for the weapon.

Firearms have other drawbacks. Their possession is often incriminating. They may be difficult to obtain. They require a degree of experience from the user. They are [illeg]. Their [illeg] is consistently over-rated. However, there are many cases in which firearms are probably more efficient than any other means. These cases usually involve distance between the assassin and the subject, or comparative physical weakness of the assassin, as with a woman.
(a) The precision rifle. In guarded assassination, a good hunting or target rifle should always be considered as a possibility. Absolute reliability can nearly always be achieved at a distance of one hundred yards. In ideal circumstances, the range may be extended to 250 yards. The rifle should be a well made bolt or falling block action type, handling a powerful long-range cartridge. The .300 F.A.B. Magnum is probably the best cartridge readily available. Other excellent calibers are .375 M.[illeg]. Magn um, .270 Winchester, .30 - 106 p.s., 8 x 60 MM Magnum, 9.3 x.

62 kk and others of this type. These are preferable to ordinary military calibers, since ammunition available for them is usually of the expanding bullet type, whereas most ammunition for military rifles is full jacketed and hence not sufficiently lethal. Military ammunition should not be altered by filing or drilling bullets, as this will adversely affect accuracy.

The rifle may be of the "bull gun" variety, with extra heavy barrel and set triggers, but in any case should be capable of maximum precision. Ideally, the weapon should be able to group in one inch at one hundred yards, but 21/2" groups are adequate. The sight should be telescopic, not only for accuracy, but because such a sight is much better in dim light or near darkness. As long as the bare outline of the target is discernible, a telescope sight will work, even if the rifle and shooter are in total darkness.

An expanding, hunting bullet of such calibers as described above will produce extravagant laceration and shock at short or mid-range. If a man is struck just once in the body cavity, his death is almost entirely certain. Public figures or guarded officials may be killed with great reliability and some safety if a firing point can be established prior to an official occasion. The propaganda value of this system may be very high.
(b) The machine gun - Machine guns may be used in most cases where the precision rifle is applicable. Usually, this will require the subversion of a unit of an official guard at a ceremony, though a skillful and determined team might conceivably dispose o f a loyal gun crew without commotion and take over the gun at the critical time.

The area fire capacity of the machine gun should not be used to search out a concealed subject. This was tried with predictable lack of success on Trotsky. The automatic feature of the machine gun should rather be used to increase reliability by placing a 5 second burst on the subject. Even with full jacket ammunition, this will be absolute lethal is the burst pattern is no larger than a man. This can be accomplished at about 150 yards. In ideal circumstances, a properly padded and targeted ma chine gun c an do it at 850 yards. The major difficulty is placing the first burst exactly on the target, as most machine gunners are trained to spot their fire on target by observation of strike. This will not do in assassination as the subject will not wait.
(c)The Submachine Gun: This weapon, known as the "machine-pistol" by the Russians and Germans and "machine-carbine" by the British, is occasionally useful in assassination. Unlike the rifle and machine gun, this is a short range weapon and since it fires pistol ammunition, much less powerful. To be reliable, it should deliver at least 5 rounds into the subject's chest, though the .45 caliber U.S. weapons have a much larger margin of killing efficiency than the 9 mm European arms. The assassination range of the sub-machine gun is point-blank. While accurate single rounds can be delivered by sub-machine gunners at 50 yards or more, this is not certain enough for assassination. Under ordinary circumstances, the 5MG should be used as a fully automatic weapon. In the hands of a capable gunner, a high cyclic rate is a distinct advantage, as speed of execution is most desirable, particularly in the case of multiple subjects.

The sub-machine gun is especially adapted to indoor work when more than one subject is to be assassinated. An effective technique has been devised for the use of a pair of sub-machine gunners, by which a room containing as many as a dozen subjects can be "purifico" in about twenty seconds with little or no risk to the gunners. It is illustrated below.

While the U.S. sub-machine guns fire the most lethal cartridges, the higher cyclic rate of some foreign weapons enable the gunner to cover a target quicker with acceptable pattern density. The Bergmann Model 1934 is particularly good in this way. The Danish Madman? SMG has a moderately good cyclic rate and is admirably compact and concealable. The Russian SHG's have a good cyclic rate, but are handicapped by a small, light protective which requires more kits for equivalent killing effect.
(d) The Shotgun: A large bore shotgun is a most effective killing instrument as long as the range is kept under ten yards. It should normally be used only on single targets as it cannot sustain fire successfully. The barrel may be "sawed" off for convenience, but this is not a significant factor in its killing performance. Its optimum range is just out of reach of the subject. 00 buckshot is considered the best shot size for a twelve gage gun, but anything from single balls to bird shot will do if the range is right. The assassin should aim for the solar plexus as the shot pattern is small at close range and can easily [illeg] the head.
(e) The Pistol - While the handgun is quite inefficient as a weapon of assassination, it is often used, partly because it is readily available and can be concealed on the person, and partly because its limitations are not widely appreciated. While many well known assassinations have been carried out with pistols (Lincoln, Harding, Ghandi), such attempts fail as often as they succeed, (Truman, Roosevelt, Churchill).
If a pistol is used, it should be as powerful as possible and fired from just beyond reach. The pistol and the shotgun are used in similar tactical situations, except that the shotgun is much more lethal and the pistol is much more easily concealed. In the hands of an expert, a powerful pistol is quite deadly, but such experts are rare and not usually available for assassination missions. .45 Colt, .44 Special, .455 Kly, .45 A.S.[illeg] (U.S. Service) and .357 Magnum are all efficient calibers. Less powerful rounds can suffice but are less reliable. Sub-power cartridges such as the .32s and .25s should be avoided. In all cases, the subject should be hit solidly at least three times for complete reliability.
(f)Silent Firearms - The sound of the explosion of the proponent in a firearm can be effectively silenced by appropriate attachments. However, the sound of the projective passing through the air cannot, since this sound is generated outside the weapon. In cases where the velocity of the bullet greatly exceeds that of sound, the noise so generated is much louder than that of the explosion. Since all powerful rifles have muzzle velocities of over 2000 feet per second, they cannot be silenced.
Pistol bullets, on the other hand, usually travel slower than sound and the sound of their flight is negligible. Therefore, pistols, submachine guns and any sort of improvised carbine or rifle which will take a low velocity cartridge can be silenced. The user should not forget that the sound of the operation of a repeating action is considerable, and that the sound of bullet strike, particularly in bone is quite loud.
Silent firearms are only occasionally useful to the assassin, though they have been widely publicized in this connection. Because permissible velocity is low, effective precision range is held to about 100 yards with rifle or carbine type weapons, while with pistols, silent or otherwise, are most efficient just beyond arms length. The silent feature attempts to provide a degree of safety to the assassin, but mere possession of a silent firearm is likely to create enough hazard to counter the advantage of its silence. The silent pistol combines the disadvantages of any pistol with the added one of its obviously clandestine purpose.

A telescopically sighted, closed-action carbine shooting a low velocity bullet of great weight, and built for accuracy, could be very useful to an assassin in certain situations. At the time of writing, no such weapon is known to exist.
7. Explosives: Bombs and demolition charges of various sorts have been used frequently in assassination. Such devices, in terroristic and open assassination, can provide safety and overcome guard barriers, but it is curious that bombs have often been the implement of lost assassinations.
The major factor which affects reliability is the use of explosives for assassination. the charge must be very large and the detonation must be controlled exactly as to time by the assassin who can observe the subject. A small or moderate explosive charge is highly unreliable as a cause of death, and time delay or booby-trap devices are extremely prone to kill the wrong man. In addition to the moral aspects of indiscriminate killing, the death of casual bystanders can often produce public reactions unfavorable to the cause for which the assassination is carried out.
Bombs or grenades should never be thrown at a subject. While this will always cause a commotion and may even result in the subject's death, it is sloppy, unreliable, and bad propaganda. The charge must be too small and the assassin is never sure of: (1)re aching his attack position, (2) placing the charge close enough to the target and (3) firing the charge at the right time. Placing the charge surreptitiously in advance permits a charge of proper size to be employed, but requires accurate prediction of the subject's movements.

Ten pounds of high explosive should normally be regarded as a minimum, and this is explosive of fragmentation material. The latter can consist of any hard, [illeg] material as long as the fragments are large enough. Metal or rock fragments should be walnut-size rather than pen-size. If solid plates are used, to be ruptured by the explosion, cast iron, 1" thick, gives excellent fragmentation. Military or commercial high explosives are practical for use in assassination. Homemade or improvised explosives should be avoided. While possibly powerful, they tend to be dangerous and unreliable. Anti-personnel explosive missiles are excellent, provided the assassin has sufficient technical knowledge to fuse them properly. 81 or 82 mm mortar shells, or the 120 mm mortar shell, are particularly good. Anti-personnel shells for 85, 88, 90, 100 and 105 mm guns and howitzers are both large enough to be completely reliable and small enough to be carried by one man.
The charge should be so placed that the subject is not ever six feet from it at the moment of detonation. A large, shaped charge with the [illeg] filled with iron fragments (such as 1" nuts and bolts) will fire a highly lethal shotgun-type [illeg] to 50 yards. This reaction has not been thoroughly tested, however, and an exact replica of the proposed device should be fired in advance to determine exact range, pattern-size, and penetration of fragments. Fragments should penetrate at least 1" of seasoned pine or equivalent for minimum reliability. Any firing device may be used which permits exact control by the assassin. An ordinary commercial or military explorer is efficient, as long as it is rigged for instantaneous action with no time fuse in the system.

The wise [illeg] electric target can serve as the triggering device and provide exact timing from as far away as the assassin can reliably hit the target. This will avoid the disadvantages military or commercial high explosives are practical for use in assassination. Homemade or improvised explosives should be avoided. While possibly powerful, they tend to be dangerous and unreliable. Anti-personnel explosive missiles are excellent, provided the assassin has sufficient technical knowledge to fuse them properly. 81 or 82 mm mortar shells, or the 120 mm mortar shell, are particularly good. Anti-personnel shells for 85, 88, 90, 100 and 105 mm guns and howitzers are both large enough to be completely reliable and small enough to be carried by one man.
The charge should be so placed that the subject is not ever six feet from it at the moment of detonation. A large, shaped charge with the [illeg] filled with iron fragments (such as 1" nuts and bolts) will fire a highly lethal shotgun-type [Illeg] to 50 yards. This reaction has not been thoroughly tested, however, and an exact replica of the proposed device should be fired in advance to determine exact range, pattern-size, and penetration of fragments. Fragments should penetrate at least 1" of seasoned pine or equivalent for minimum reliability.

Any firing device may be used which permits exact control by the assassin. An ordinary commercial or military explorer is efficient, as long as it is rigged for instantaneous action with no time fuse in the system. The wise [illeg] electric target can serve as the triggering device and provide exact timing from as far away as the assassin can reliably hit the target. This will avid the disadvantages of stringing wire between the proposed positions of the assassin an d the subject, and also permit the assassin to fire the charge from a variety of possible positions. The radio switch can be [illeg] to fire [illeg], though its reliability is somewhat lower and its procurement may not be easy.
EXAMPLES:([illeg] may be presented brief outlines, with critical evaluations of the following assassinations and attempts:
Marat
Hedrich
Lincoln
Hitler
Harding
Roosevelt
Grand Duke Sergei
Truman
Pirhivie
Mussolini
Archduke Francis Ferdinand
Benes
Rasputin
Aung Sang
Madero
[illeg]
Kirov
Abdullah
Huey Long
Ghandi
Alexander of Yugoslvia
Trotsky

CONFERENCE ROOM TECHNIQUE
1. (1) Enters room quickly but quietly
(2) Stands in doorway
2. (2) Opens fire on first subject to react. Swings across group toward center of mass. Times burst to empty magazine at end of swing.
(1) Covers group to prevent individual dangerous reactions, if necessary, fires individual bursts of 3 rounds.
3. (2) Finishes burst. Commands"Shift." Drops back thru [sic] door. Replaces empty magazine. Covers corridor.
(1) On command "shift", opens fire on opposite side of target, swings one burst across group.
4. (1) Finishes burst. Commands "shift". Drops back thru [sic] door. Replaces magazine. Covers corridor.
(2) On command, "shift", re-enters room. Covers group: kills survivors with two-round bursts. Leaves propaganda.
5. (2) Leaves room. Commands "GO". Covers rear with nearly full magazine.
(1) On command "GO", leads withdrawl, covering front with full magazine.
6.
Related Webs:
http://www.anusha.com/ciastudy.htm CIA Study of Assassination

http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB4/ CIA and Assassinations: The Guatemala 1954 Documents

2004-06-15T15:33:00.000-07:00

Provided by Zorpia

2004-06-15T13:40:00.000-07:00

US Special Operations Forces Expand in Size and Extend Their Missions to Become CIA Paramilitary Forces
Enemies are aligned against the US in an unconventional fashion called "fourth-generation warfare"… characterized by the adversary’s adroit use of methods that differ greatly from the usual mode of US military doctrine and operations. They undermine US strengths and exploit our weaknesses as the single global superpower and portray the US as a global villain picking on the little guy. If the US military doesn't "out-guerrilla the guerrilla," they lose the global war on terrorism.

The Pentagon's elite Special Forces soldiers now fight in the shadowy world of "actionable intelligence," covertly collecting information against terrorists and acting on that information with clandestine raids and attacks. The Washington Times (Feb. 19, 04) revealed that Army "Green Berets" have assumed the role of "spies" in addition to their traditional combat roles. The intelligence networks that the Special Forces personnel have nurtured, and cultivated, support their own unit-unique initiatives and mission requirements. Collection skills have improved with time and experience. National-level intelligence agencies have shoehorned themselves into Special Forces intelligence operations that were initially designed for collection of tactical human intelligence. These ops gained strategic and global intelligence direction as they yielded bonanzas. In Afghanistan since 2001, Tajikistan, Uzbeckistan and Iraq (especially in Kurdistan) before and during the 2003 invasion US Special Operations forces have been both scouts and forward diplomats in war zones and in negotiations with tribal warlords all over these regions. he special ops and its command in conjunction with the Joint Forces Command is transforming the now-larger special forces into CIA Paramilitary units with sufficient air support and fire power they can strike swiftly and act with battalion-sized strength.

The CIA relied upon the Special Forces as key players in the Vietnam, Phoenix program. The soldiers were often dispatched into the "denied-areas" in the war zone to perform their dangerous missions. Phoenix was basically the shortest distance between two points during the Vietnam War – those points being (1) the decision to liquidate an adversary, normally a well placed Viet Cong official, or his minions, and (2) the end-game of the operation: the capture, disappearance, or publicized assassination of the target.

The Department Of Defense is not going to be constrained and restricted, as in past decades, when it comes to aggressive intelligence collection efforts against U.S. adversaries. In keeping with the veracity of the threat, Don Rumsfeld has created the Pentagon's, first-ever, Undersecretary of Defense for Intelligence. In the post-9/11 world, the intelligence community recognizes strength in the Special Forces that their own operatives lack. Establishing indigenous human intelligence operations in a rapidly developing or already fluid combat environment has not been a strong area for the ivy-league operatives.

The Army is stepping up intelligence training for Special Forces soldiers at SOCOM Headquarters in Florida, and at Ft. Lewis, Wash., the home of the 1st Special Forces Group. The Tacoma location is being run like a "Mini-Farm," referring to the highly classified CIA training facility at Camp Peary, Va. ( known to the CIA as "The Farm"). Rumsfeld has given SOCOM new powers to plan and execute, "kill-or-capture-missions" against terrorists. To accomplish this goal, the SOCOM troops must have mission-unique intelligence information that is absolutely current -- a CIA paramilitary force. The CIA largely engages in activities that are intended to, and do evade international law – and many times US laws are skirted too. CIA personnel are unrestricted by the laws of war that particularly deal with uniforms, equipment and identities. They exploit this freedom to create "cover" identities for their missions.

If special forces soldiers are operating undercover with CIA paramilitary units, they risk losing their Geneva Convention protection